E F Johnson 2422001-1 Repeater User Manual

E. F. Johnson Company Repeater

UserManual.wiki >

E F Johnson >

2422001 1 User Manual HTML Version

manual

1-1 October 1995

Part No. 001-2008-202

VIKING® VX

VHF LTR

25W-110W Repeater

Part No. 242-20X1-213

First Printing

August 2000

PRELIMINARY

1-2

October 1995

Part No. 001-2008-202

1-3 October 1995

Part No. 001-2008-202

VIKING® VX

VHF LTR REPEATER

PART NO. 242-20X1-213

The E.F. Johnson Company designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications

needs. Johnson produces equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio services which include business, indus-

trial, government, public safety, and personal users.

LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY

The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the E.F. Johnson Com-

pany, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222.

WARNING

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harm-

ful interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by E. F. Johnson could void

the user’s authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19).

DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the

radio is transmitting.

To comply with FCC RF exposure limits, DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station or marine radio)

when a person is within four (4) meters of the antenna.

DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps or

cause an explosion.

DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed.

DO NOT allow children to operate transmitter equipped radio equipment.

NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio.

SAFETY INFORMATION

The FCC has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to RF energy. Proper operation of this radio under normal

conditions results in user exposure to RF energy below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Communication

Commission limits.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

E.F. Johnson Company will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this

document.

LTR, LTR-Net, Multi-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of E.F. Johnson

Company All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their

respective manufacturer.

1-4

October 1995

Part No. 001-2008-202

FCC EXPOSURE LIMITS

This fixed station radio transceiver was tested by the manufacturer with an appropriate antenna in order to verify compliance

with Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) limits set under Section 2.1091 of the FCC Rules and Regulations. The guide-

lines used in the evaluation are derived from Table 1 (B) titled “Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure” which

is from FCC report OET bulletin #65.

Table 2 lists the antennas recommended for use in the VHF frequency range. Each model of this radio was tested with the

appropriate antenna listed. The antenna shall be mounted to a tower and be a minimum of 10 meters above the ground at the

lowest point on the antenna. The radio manufacturer has determined that the user and service personnel should remain four (4)

meters in distance away from the antenna when transmitting. By maintaining this distance, these individuals are not exposed to

radio frequency energy or magnetic fields in excess of the guidelines set forth in Table 1 (B).

NOTE: Other antennas or installation configurations that have not been tested may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits

and therefore are not recommended.

Table 1 (B)

FCC Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE)

(B) Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure

Frequency Range (MHz) Electric Field Strength

(E) (V/m) Magnetic Field Strength

(H) (A/m) Power Density

(S) (mW/cm2)

0.3 - 1.34 614 1.63 (100)*

1.34 - 30 824/f 2.19/f (180/f2)*

30 - 300 27.5 0.073 0.2

300 - 1500 -- -- f/1500

1500 - 100,000 -- -- 1.0

f = Frequency in MHz *Plane-wave equivalent power density.

Table 2

Recommended Antennas

(Antenna Manufacturer - Decibel Products)

Frequency Antenna Model No.

132-144 MHz DB205E

144-178 MHz DB205F

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

1.2 REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

1.3 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

1.4 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

1.5 ACCESSORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

1.8 FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

1.10 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

1.11 REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

HOME REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

ID VALIDATOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

2 INSTALLATION

2.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.2 ENVIRONMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

2.3 VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

2.4 AC POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2.5 BATTERY BACKUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2.7 GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

PROTECTION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

3 SOFTWARE

3.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

COMPUTER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

EEPROM DATA STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

COMMAND LINE OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

PROGRAM FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.5 HELP F1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

4 PULL DOWN MENUS

4.1 MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2 FILE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

NEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

DOS SHELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

QUIT (ALT X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.3 EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

REPEATER TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

TELEPHONE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.4 TRANSFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.5 HARDWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

MODE SELECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4.6 TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

RECEIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

FULL REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4.7 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

COM PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

DISPLAY MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

USER LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING

5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6.1 RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

12.5 kHz IF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

25 kHz IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

ACTIVE FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

BUFFER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

LOCK DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AMPLIFIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6.2 EXCITER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8

VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

VCO BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

LOCK DETECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

BUFFER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

RF AMPLIFIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

6.4 RF INTERFACE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

POWER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

6.5 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20

FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

+15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

+5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

-5V CONVERTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

CHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

BBM FAN CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6.7 CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6.9 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

6.10 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

J3 BAUD RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

J6 WATCHDOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

6.11 MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

VOTER AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

COMPANDOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J103 GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

J106 TX DATA PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

6.12 INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

ALARM INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

ALARM FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41

J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

J501 GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

J502 +15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

AUDIO DISTORTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

7.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

7.4 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11

PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

REPEATER SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

8 SERVICING

8.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1

PERIODIC CHECKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

INTERNAL PRESCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

CHIP RESISTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

8.7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

9 PARTS LIST

VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

110W VHF LTR REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

REPEATER RX./EX MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

RECEIVER VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

TRANSMIT VCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

110W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25

INTERFACE ALARM CARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS

10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

10-3 REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

10-4 REPEATER REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

10-5 REPEATER FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

10-6 INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

10-7 RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

10-8 BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

10-9 RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

10-10 RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

10-11 RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

10-12 RECEIVER VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

10-13 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

10-14 RECEIVER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

10-15 EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

10-16 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

10-17 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

10-18 EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

10-19 110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

10-20 110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

10-21 FORWARD POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

10-22 REVERSE POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

10-23 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

10-24 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

10-25 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

10-26 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

10-27 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

10-28 MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

10-29 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

10-30 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

10-31 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

10-32 INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

10-33 INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

10-34 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

10-35 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

10-36 BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

10-37 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

10-38 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

10-39 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

LIST OF FIGURES

1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-3 REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-9 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-10 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2-11 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2-12 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2-13 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

4-1 FILE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2 LOAD FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-3 SAVE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4-5 EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4-6 REPEATER LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4-8 INPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-11 REPEATER TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-12 DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-13 TRANSFER MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-17 READING SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

4-19 HARDWARE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-20 HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-22 RF LINE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-23 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-24 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-25 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4-26 TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4-27 UTILITIES MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4-28 COM PORT SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4-29 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4-30 COLOR MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

6-1 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-3 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6-4 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

6-6 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6-10 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

6-13 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

6-14 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

6-15 S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

6-16 ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

6-17 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45

6-18 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

6-19 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47

6-20 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

7-3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7-4 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7-5 POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

7-8 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

7-9 S100 SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

7-10 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

7-11 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

7-12 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

7-13 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

7-14 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

LIST OF TABLES

1-1 REPEATER ACCESSORIES 1-2

1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS 1-5

2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES 2-3

2-2 OVER VOLTAGE 2-3

5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS 5-2

8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION 8-6

8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 8-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

1-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL

This service manual provides installation, opera-

tion, programming, service, and alignment informa-

tion for the VIKING VX LTR Repeater, Part No.

242-20X1-213.

1.2 REPEATER DESCRIPTION

The VIKING VX repeater is designed for opera-

tion in a Johnson LTR system. It operates on the VHF

channels from 132-178 MHz. Channel spacing is

12.5/25 kHz and RF power output is adjustable from

25 to 125 watts.

This repeater is modular in design for ease of ser-

vice. There are separate assemblies for the logic

cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power

supply sections.

This repeater is programmed with a laptop or per-

sonal computer using the 2000 Series Programmer

software, Part No. 023-9998-390.

The VIKING VX repeater interfaces with a MPC

(Main Processor Card) and MAC (Main Audio Card)

to provide LTR operation. All signal ports used to

interface to the Repeater are on J2 located at the back

of the cabinet.

1.3 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION

The repeater identification number is printed on a

label that is affixed to the inside of the repeater cabi-

net. The following information is contained in that

number:

Figure 1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION

20X4X

Week Year A= Waseca

Number

WarrantyPlant

Date

Manufacture

Letter

Revision

12345A324A

Repeater

1.4 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN

The following breakdown shows the part num-

ber scheme used for the Viking VX.

Figure 1-2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN

1.5 ACCESSORIES

The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR

repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of

some of these accessories follows.

2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card (TIC) - This

card provides an interface between the Repeater and a

phone line to permit telephone calls to be placed to

and from mobile transceivers.

LTR System ID Validator - If an invalid ID is

detected on the repeater data bus, the audio of the

mobile receiving the call is disabled.

2000 Series Service Kit - This kit contains an alarm

wire harness, extender power cable, programming kit,

extender card, extender harness, and a TIC bias cable.

These items are used when tuning the repeater and

while troubleshooting.

Battery Backup and Cable Option - This option can

be factory or field installed (refer to installation

instructions 004-2000-830). It includes the battery

backup module that resides in the power supply and

the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the

repeater to the batteries (see Section 2.5).

RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter - This adapter box pro-

vides connections for the high speed data bus at the

rear of the repeater and the data bus from the logic

drawers in existing repeater systems.

3242- 2 0 X 1 -

VHF

12.5/25 kHz

25-110W

3 = 150-174 MHz

1 = 132-150 MHz

LTR

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

PC Programmer PGMR Software - 3.5" program-

ming disk used to program the repeater.

Programming Cable Kit - This kit connects the MPC

and a computer during programming and for monitor-

ing repeater activity at the site.

Extender Card - Used to extend the cards plugged into

the backplane beyond the card rack enclosure when

tuning the repeater and while troubleshooting.

Extender Cable Kit - These are seven foot extension

cables for the RF Transceiver power and data, when the

transceiver is removed from the cabinet.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY

The warranty statement is available from your

product supplier or from the Warranty Department,

E.F. Johnson Company, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box

1249, Waseca, MN 56093- 0514. This information

may also be requested by phone from the Warranty

Department. The Warranty Department may also be

contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms,

or any questions with warranties or warranty service

by dialing (507) 835-6970.

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE

The Customer Service Department of the E.F.

Johnson Company provides customer assistance on

technical problems and the availability of local and

factory repair facilities. Customer Service hours are

7:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Central Time, Monday - Fri-

day. There is also a 24-hour emergency technical sup-

port telephone number. From within the continental

United States, the Customer Service Department can

be reached toll-free at:

1-800-328-3911

When your call is answered at the E.F. Johnson

Company, you will hear a brief message informing

you of numbers that can be entered to reach various

departments. This number may be entered during or

after the message using a tone-type telephone. If you

have a pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is

finished and an operator will come on the line to assist

you. When you enter a first number of "1" or "2",

another number is requested to further categorize the

type of information. You may also enter the 4-digit

extension number of the person that you want to reach.

FAX Machine - Sales (507) 835-6485

FAX Machine - Cust Serv (507) 835-6969

If you are calling from outside the continental

United States, the Customer Service telephone num-

bers are as follows:

Customer Service Department - (507) 835-6911

Customer Service FAX Machine - (507) 835-6969

You may also contact the Customer Service

Department by mail. Please include all information

that may be helpful in solving your problem. The

mailing address is as follows:

E.F. Johnson Company

Customer Service Department

299 Johnson Avenue

P.O. Box 1249

Waseca, MN 56093-0514

1.8 FACTORY RETURNS

Repair service is normally available through local

authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service

Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment

Table 1-1 REPEATER ACCESSORIES

Accessory Part No.

2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card 023-2000-370

LTR System ID Validator 023-4408-500

2000 Series Service Kit1250-2000-230

Battery Backup option and cable 023-2000-835

RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter2023-2000-194

3’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 023-4406-505

6’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 597-3001-214

Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100

PC programmer PGMR 2000 software 023-9998-390

Service Microphonee 589-0015-011

50 ohm Termination HSDB 023-4406-504

Programming cable kit3023-2000-195

Extender Card 023-2000-230

Extender cable kit, 7 ft. 250-2000-010

1 Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable

and programming cable kit (PN 023-2000-195).

2 Required when using Viking Networking products, one

per station.

3 Included in 2000 Series Service Kit (PN250-2000-230).

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is

recommended that you contact the Field Service

Department before returning equipment. A service

representative may be able to suggest a solution to the

problem so that return of the equipment would not be

necessary.

Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form

#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or

out of warranty. These forms are available free of

charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.7) or by

requesting them when you send a unit in for repair.

Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the

space provided and also note any prior physical dam-

age to the equipment. Then include a form in the ship-

ping container with each unit. Your phone number and

contact name are very important because there are

times when the technicians have specific questions

that need to be answered in order to completely iden-

tify and repair a problem.

When returning equipment for repair, it is also a

good idea to use a PO number or some other reference

number on your paperwork in case you need to call

the repair lab about your unit. These numbers are ref-

erenced on the repair order and it makes it easier and

faster to locate your unit.

Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not nec-

essary unless you have been given one by the Field

Service Department. They require RA numbers for

exchange units or if they want to be aware of a spe-

cific problem. If you have been given an RA number,

reference this number on the Factory Repair Request

Form sent with the unit. The repair lab will then con-

tact the Field Service Department when the unit

arrives.

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered

directly from the Service Parts Department. To order

parts by phone, dial the toll-free number and then

enter "1" as described in Section 1.7. When ordering,

please supply the part number and quantity of each

part ordered. E.F. Johnson dealers also need to give

their account number.

If there is uncertainty about the part number,

include the designator (C112, for example) and the

model number of the equipment the part is from (refer

to Section 1.4).

You may also send your order by mail or FAX.

The mailing address is as follows and the FAX num-

ber is shown in Section 1.7.

E.F. Johnson Company

Service Parts Department

299 Johnson Avenue

P.O. Box 1249

Waseca, MN 56093-0514

1.10 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS

All inquiries concerning updated software, its

installation and revisions should be directed to the

Customer Service Department (see Section 1.7).

1.11 REPEATER OPERATION

1.11.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC)

Refer to Figure 1-3.

Programming Jack

J1 provides input connection from the computer

and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The program-

ming information in an IBM PC programs the MPC

directly from the serial card through an interconnect

cable to the COM1 or COM2 port.

Reset

S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor

Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete

power-up restart.

Display and LEDs

Each combination of DS1 display read-out and

CR4/CR5 indication refers to an active alarm. See

Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. LED indica-

tions: CR1 is blinking; MPC is operational, CR2 on;

380-470 MHz, off is 475-520 MHz and CR5 on; indi-

cates an LTR Repeater.

NOTE: Safety measures are disabled

RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Alarms

When the Repeater is in Test mode the safety

measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is

keyed for an extended period and the power amplifier

temperature increase, thermal shutdown will not occur.

There are pop-up windows that appear in the Test

mode screens to alert the user that there is an alarm

and action should be taken. Refer to Figure 1-3 for an

example of this type of alarm.

Figure 1-3 REPEATER CARDS

IACMACMPC

J502

J501

J500

GRN

YEL

RED

PROG

JACK

RESET

ON/OFF/VOL

LOCAL

MIC

SPKR

EXT SPKR

XMIT

MOBILE

SWITCH

HANG

CWID

+15V

GND

J103

J100

GND

A D

LEVEL

R236

J102

J101

J104

CR1

CR2

CR4

DS1

S508

RF INTERFACE

BOARD

EXCITER/RECEIVER

CR3

CR5

+5V

-5V

+15V

+15V ACC

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS

Alarm No. DS1 CR3 CR4 Definition

Off

Test Mode

IAC input 1 Active

IAC input 2 Active

IAC input 3 Active

IAC input 4 Active

MAC Processor Alarm

HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm

IRDB Cable Alarm

Switch (RNT)/CIM Channel Problem Alarm

TIC Processor Alarm

MMC Processor Alarm

VNC Alarm

AC Power Failure

Battery Power Failure

Power supply thermal sense

Fan 1 current out of specification

Fan 2 current out of specification

IAC mismatch

RF shutdown

RF Half Power Mode

Thermal sense in RF portion

RF Finals 1-2 power out failure

RF Finals 3-4 power out failure

RF VSWR Failure

Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure

Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure

HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure

HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure

RF Quarter Power Alarm

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

1.11.2 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC)

Refer to Figure 1-3.

External Speaker Jack

J104 provides repeater audio output to an external

speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume

level of this speaker.

Speaker/Microphone Jacks

J102 provides audio input from a microphone.

J101 provides the receive audio to the microphone.

Local On/Off/Volume Control

R236 provides control of the receive audio output

to J101 and J104. Turning this control clockwise past

the detent applies voltage to the local audio amplifier.

A D Level Test Point

J100 provides audio/data level output for test

level checks.

Ground

J103 is connected to ground for test equipment

when monitoring test point J100.

1.11.3 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC)

Refer to Figure 1-3.

Voltage Test Output

J502 provides a +15V test point on the IAC.

Ground

J501 is connected to ground for test equipment

when monitoring voltage test point J502.

A D Level Test Point

J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and

data levels, AC fail and thermal sensor.

Power Supply On/Off Switch

S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and

off from the IAC in the front of the repeater.

Power Indicator

CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal

level and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates -5V

supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC.

CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at nor-

mal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply is at

normal level and applied to the IAC.

CWID Indicator

Indicates that the CW Identification is being

transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The

CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of the

station call letters in Morse Code to satisfy the station

identification requirement. The CWID is programmed

into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used

when an alarm is transmitted with Morse code.

Hang Indicator

Indicates that the hang word is being transmitted

by the repeater. This word is transmitted on calls in

which the channel is held for the duration of the call

and not just for the duration of the transmission. The

hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the same chan-

nel and not re-access the system when responding to a

call.

Switch Call Indicator

Not used in the LTR repeater.

Mobile Call Indicator

Mobile-to-repeater transmission in progress is

indicated by the Mobile Call Indicator.

Xmit Indicator

This indicates that the repeater transmitter is

keyed by the logic.

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

1.11.4 POWER SUPPLY

The power supply is sealed and the line and sup-

ply fuses are inside. If a supply fuse opens, the power

supply must be removed and opened for repair (see

Section 2.4 and 8.5). Refer to the power supply ser-

vice manual 004-2000-810.

Standby Battery Jack

This provides a connection point for a +24V DC

standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery

only when the power supply output voltage is lower

than the battery voltage. A trickle charge switch on

the supply ensures that the battery is fully charged.

Disable this switch when a separate battery charger is

used (see Section 2.5).

1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION

1.12.1 INTRODUCTION

NOTE: The VIKING VX does not require a separate

LTR logic drawer.

The repeater model used in an LTR system is

determined by frequency range. 800 MHz systems use

the VIKING VX (2008-232/-234) or LTR 8000s, UHF

use 20x4-232/-234 or 1010s, and VHF use 2011/2031-

213 or 1100s. Repeaters operate on a single frequency

(one repeater is required for each channel). The MPC

in each repeater performs all control and signaling

functions on that channel. Information is exchanged

between repeaters via a high-speed data bus (modular

cable). No system controller is required.

Optional accessories, such as the Telephone Inter-

connect Card (TIC) can be installed in the repeater and

the ID Validator drawer can be installed in the repeater

rack. Refer to Johnson LTR ID Validator Manual, Part

No. 001-4408-501 and Johnson Telephone Intercon-

nect Card Manual, Part No. 004-2000-370 for detailed

information.

1.12.2 HOME REPEATERS

All mobiles have one of the site repeaters

assigned as its "Home" repeater. This is the repeater

from which it receives most of its control informa-

tion. When a mobile is not placing or receiving a call,

it is always monitoring its Home repeater to deter-

mine which channel is free and if it is being called by

another mobile.

The Home repeater is always used to make a call

unless it is busy. When the Home repeater is busy, any

other repeater in the site may then be used. Up to 250

ID codes are assigned to each repeater. An ID code

and Home repeater number are the "address" of the

mobiles in the system. Therefore, up to 1250 separate

addresses can be assigned in a 5-repeater system and

up to 5000 can be assigned in a 20-repeater system.

An ID code may be assigned to an individual mobile

or a group of mobiles as required.

1.12.3 INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICA-

TION

Data communication between VIKING VX and

LTR repeaters at a site is via a high-speed data bus.

This bus cable is installed in a daisy-chain manner

between repeaters. If both VIKING VX and LTR

repeaters are located at a site, 20 repeaters can be

interconnected. Refer to Section 2.8 for information

on connecting the data bus.

1.12.4 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS

The mobile and handheld transceivers used in an

LTR system must be compatible with the type of sig-

naling in use and also the frequency range.

1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING

1.13.1 GENERAL

A single-line serial data bus interconnects the

logic units of all the LTR repeaters at the site. The

first repeater powered on generates the synchroniza-

tion pulse that is used by all other repeaters to deter-

mine their time slot on the data bus. If all repeaters are

powered on at the same time, the lowest numbered

repeater generates the synchronization pulse. There

are 21 slots with 1-20 used for repeater reporting and

21 used by the ID Validator (see Section 1.13.3). The

time slot used by a repeater is determined by the num-

ber assigned to that repeater by the programming in

the MPC. Repeater 1 uses time slot 1, repeater 5 uses

time slot 5, and so on. The data rate on the repeater

data bus is 18,750 bits per second.

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

In its time slot, each repeater places information

on the data bus indicating its status. If a repeater is not

busy, only start bits appear in its slot. If a repeater is

busy, it places in its slot the Home repeater and ID

code of the mobile receiving the call on that repeater.

If a repeater number is unassigned, nothing appears in

that time slot.

1.13.2 MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER

Each repeater monitors all the time slots on the

repeater data bus. If it detects its number in another

time slot, it begins transmitting an additional data mes-

sage to its mobiles. This message tells mobiles pro-

grammed to detect that ID code to go to that repeater

to receive a call. This additional message continues

for as long as the mobile is transmitting on the other

repeater.

The sequence of data messages transmitted on a

home repeater is as follows: Every third message is to

the mobile currently receiving a call on that repeater.

Then alternating between these messages are messages

to its mobiles that have been trunked to other repeat-

ers. For example, assume that fivedifferent mobiles on

a five-repeater system are making calls. If all have

Repeater 1 as their home channel (not very likely in

actual practice), the data message order on Repeater 1

is as follows: 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 and so on.

1.13.3 ID VALIDATOR OPERATION

If the ID Validator is used, it is programmed with

the status of up to all 5000 home repeater/ID code

combinations possible with a 20-channel system.

Each combination is programmed as either valid or

invalid. Information in the twenty time slots on the

repeater data bus is monitored. If an invalid home

repeater/ID code combination is detected, the ID Vali-

dator places in time slot 21 the number of the repeater

being used by the invalid mobile and also the ID code.

When a repeater detects its number in slot 21, it trans-

mits the turn-off code (31) to the mobile receiving the

call. That mobile then squelches and resumes moni-

toring its home channel. This effectively disables the

invalid mobile because it cannot talk to anyone. When

the turn-off code is sent, the repeater places "21" in the

repeater position of its time slot to indicate to the ID

validator that turn-off has occurred.

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL (Per TIA 603)1

Frequency Ranges 132-178 MHz Transmit/Receive (132-150 MHz and 150-178 MHz)

Dimensions 9.125" H x 17" W x 20.9" D

AC Voltage/Frequency 100-240V AC/50-60 Hz

AC Current 0.38A (Standby), 1.4A (25W), 5A (110W)

AC Input Power 45W (Standby), 170W (25W), 560W (110W)

DC Current at 26.5V DC (Low Power) 6.3A (25W), 16.5A (110W)

Number of Channels 1 (Synthesized, programmable)

Channel Spacing 12.5 /15 /25 /30 kHz selectable

Channel Resolution 5 / 6.25 kHz

Temperature Range -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)

Duty Cycle Continuous

FCC Type Acceptance ATH2422001

FCC Compliance Parts 15, 90

RECEIVER (Per TIA 603)

12 dB SINAD 0.35 µV

20 dB Quieting 0.50 µV

Signal Displacement Bandwidth ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2.0 kHz (25/30 kHz)

Adjacent Channel Rejection -85 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -90 dB (25/30 kHz)

Intermodulation Rejection -85 dB

Spurious & Image Rejection -100 dB

Audio Squelch Sensitivity 12 dB SINAD

Audio Response +1/-3 dB TIA

Audio Distortion Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms

Local Audio Power 0.5W/16 ohms

Audio Sensitivity ±0.75 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)

Hum & Noise Ratio -50 dB

Frequency Spread 2 MHz

Frequency Stability ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)

Modulation Acceptance Bandwidth ±3.5 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±7.0 kHz (25/30 kHz)

TRANSMITTER (Per TIA 603)

RF Power Out 132-178 MHz 110W (Default setting), 25-110W (Variable Set Point)

Spurious Emissions -90 dBc

Harmonic Emissions -90 dBc

Audio Deviation ±1.6 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±3.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)

LTR Data Deviation ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1 kHz (25/30 kHz)

CWID Deviation ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2 kHz (25/30 kHz)

Repeat Deviation ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz)

Audio Response +1/-3 dB TIA

Audio Distortion Less than 2%

Hum & Noise (TIA) -50 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -55 dB (25/30 kHz)

Frequency Spread 6 MHz

Frequency Stability ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)

Emission Designators 11K0F3E, 16K0F3E

These general specifications are intended for reference and are subject to change without notice.

Contact the Systems Applications consultants for guaranteed or additional specifications.

INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION

1-10 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

2-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

INSTALLATION

SECTION 2 INSTALLATION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Information in this section tells how to set up the

repeater for operation in an LTR system. It is assumed

that the repeater has been previously aligned at the

factory or as described in the alignment procedure in

Section 7.

Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned

and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check

performance before it is placed in service. This

ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and

that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Per-

formance testing is described in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3

and 7.4.

2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA IN-

STALLATION

Site preparation and antenna installation are not

within the scope of this manual. Basic installation

requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To

Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-100. Factory

installation is also available. Contact your Johnson

representative for more information.

2.2 ENVIRONMENT

The following conditions should be considered

when selecting a site for the Repeater.

Operating Temperature.

-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).

Humidity.

Less than 95% non-condensing relative humidity

at 50°C.

Air Quality.

For equipment operating in a controlled environ-

ment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne

particles must not exceed 30 µg/m3.

For equipment operating in an uncontrolled envi-

ronment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the air-

borne particles must not exceed 100 µg/m3.

NOTE: If the Repeater is installed in an area that

exceeds these environmental conditions, the site

should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and

dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat.

When the repeaters are installed in an environ-

ment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain

dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be

sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then

required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners

must be suited for the environment. Each repeater

(110W) requires >2400 BTU/hr dissipation to main-

tain exterior cabinet temperature.

2.3 VENTILATION

The RF modules and the power supply are

equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that

force air through the equipment for cooling. The air

flow is from the front to the back of the equipment.

This permits the Repeaters to be stacked or rack

mounted (see Figure 2-4). There are a few consider-

ations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate

air circulation.

1. The Repeaters should be mounted with a minimum

of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of

the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires

a minimum of 18 inches at the back of the Repeater

for removal.

NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a mini-

mum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2")

between repeaters vertically especially for bottom

ventilation slots in high power repeaters.

2. Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for ade-

quate air circulation.

3. Temperature and humidity must be considered

when several Repeaters are installed at a site. This

might require air conditioning the site.

INSTALLATION

2-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

2.4 AC POWER

The AC power source to the Johnson VIKING

VX Repeater can be 120V AC or 240V AC. Nothing

need be done to the power supply for 240V AC opera-

tion. However, a 240V AC outlet requires that the

120V AC power plug be replaced. A locking AC

power cord is provided for the supply.

The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded

cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet

must be capable of supplying a minimum of 560W.

With the nominal 120V AC input, the source must

supply 5A for each 110W repeater and should be pro-

tected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that all

of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same

breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in

the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is

recommended for all equipment.

Each Repeater requires an outlet, so for a 5-chan-

nel system, a minimum of 5 outlets is required. An

additional three outlets should be added for test equip-

ment. The outlets must be within 3 feet of each

Repeater cabinet. Future system expansion should be

considered when electrical work is being planned for

the initial system.

The VIKING VX Repeater power supply can be

equipped with an optional 24V DC back-up in the

event of AC power failure. Since the transmitter will

remain on full power, if desired, the DC power source

must have a current capability of about 20A per 110W

repeater or 100A for 5 - 110W repeaters. The multi-

coupler requires another 0.5A for a total system

requirement at 24V DC of 100.5A for 110W repeaters.

2.5 BATTERY BACKUP

If the power supply is equipped with battery

backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the

power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-1).

A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be

off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery

temperature sensor connection is also provided. The

temperature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED

indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery con-

nection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault.

Figure 2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR

The temperature sensor is required to adjust the

charging voltage over temperature.

Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE

2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY

The power supply has four voltage output levels

(see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C

(+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or run-

ning any 2000 series repeater.

Each output is overload protected such that the

power supply current limits and automatically resets

when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1).

Each output is over voltage protected such that

the power supply shuts down when an over voltage

condition exists, usually when a component in the

supply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply

must be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or

removing AC power for more than 10 seconds.

B- B+ TEMP ACTIVE

CHARGER

FAULT

BATTERY

REVERSE

GROUND

EARTH

NEUTRAL

LINE

SWITCH

BATTERY

TEMP

TERMINAL

NEGATIVE

GND

BLK

WHT

INSTALLATION

2-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS

AC Input Voltage: 100-240V AC

Line Frequency: 50-60 Hz

AC In-rush: 60A maximum

Overall Efficiency: >70% at 100V AC

>80% at 240V AC

Lightning protection: 6kV for < 1ms

Power Factor: >0.97 at full load

Brown Out Voltage: 80V AC

Temperature -30°C - +60°C (full power)

Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power

supply has the following safety agency approvals

pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950

(IEC950)

When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the

maximum output power is decreased to keep the input

current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the

batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls

below 80V AC (dependant on power output).

The AC input connector is an IEC connector

equipped with a locking mechanism.

Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES

Voltage Current Wattage

+26.5V 22A 583W

+15V 5A 75W

+5.2V 5A 26W

-5V 1A 5W

Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE

Voltage Range

+26.5V +32V to +33V

+15V +16V to +18V

+5.2V +6V to +7V

-5V -6V to -7V

Figure 2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC

REPEATER

BACKPLANE

AC FAIL IN

POWER SWITCH

THERMAL SENSOR

+15V

N/C

-5V

POWER HARNESS

GROUND

+15V

+5V

RFIB

+26.5V

36 9

147

BACKPLANE

N/C

INSTALLATION

2-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

The operating temperature range is -30°C to

+60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater.

The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal

temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature

reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the

heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the

fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature

reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off

until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C

(+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart

are automatic.

2.7 GROUNDING

CAUTION

PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING

PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PRE-

VENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER.

As in any fixed radio installation, measures

should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning

damage to the Viking VX equipment. Proper ground-

ing eliminates shock hazard, protects against electro-

magnetic interference (EMI) and lightning.

Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do

not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to

another grounded piece of equipment. A good DC

ground must be found or created at the site. Rooftop

site grounds can be researched through the building

management or architects. Tower site grounds must

be made with grounding rods. The many techniques

for providing adequate grounds for towers and poles

and for installing building ground bus lines are beyond

the scope of this manual. Refer to National Electrical

Code article 250 "Grounding Techniques," article 800

"Communications Systems" and follow local codes.

The ground bus should be routed to the floor area

within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or

larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper

wire.

The outer conductor of each transmission line at

the point where it enters the building should be

grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or

8 AWG stranded wire.

Secondary protection (other than grounding) pro-

vides the equipment protection against line transients

that result from lightning. There are two types of sec-

ondary protection, RF and Telephone Line. Use the

same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any

ground connections required by the secondary

protectors.

An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the

antenna feed line or tower from damaging the Repeat-

ers. Install this protection in-line with the combiner

and antenna feed line.

RF protectors are selected by calculating the

maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the

combiner. Do this by using the following equation.

VP = 1.414 (X) (√P(50))

where:

VP = Voltage at the output of the combiner.

P = repeater output in watts

X= for VSWR=

1.05 1.10 : 1

1.09 1.20 : 1

1.13 1.30 : 1

1.17 1.40 : 1

1.20 1.50 : 1

1.30 1.86 : 1

Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a

VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13):

VP = 1.414 (1.13) (√60(50))

VP = 1.59782 (√60(50))

VP = 1.59782 (54.772256)

VP = 87.52V

Telephone Line

There are four types of protection suppressors for

telephone lines; Gas Tube, Silicon Avalanche Diode,

Metal Oxide Varistor and Hybrid.

The hybrid protector is ideal for E.F. Johnson

equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid

suppressor combines several forms of protection not

available in just one type of device. For example, a

high-speed diode reacts first, clamping a voltage strike

within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to

reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a high-

powered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip

and Ring.

INSTALLATION

2-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

2.7.1 PROTECTION GUIDELINES

Follow these guidelines for grounding and light-

ning protection. Each Repeater installation site is dif-

ferent; all of these may not apply.

1. Ensure that ground connections make good metal-

to-metal contact (grounding rod, grounding tray,

metal conduit) using #6 gauge solid wire or braided

wire straps.

2. With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go

directly to ground, and not through other

equipment.

3. Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly

to ground.

4. With coax protectors, ensure maximum instanta-

neous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage.

5. Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring

(e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line),

except other ground wires.

6. Double check all equipment for good ground and

that all connections are clean and secure.

2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION

E.F. Johnson ships the Repeater securely crated

for transportation. When the Repeater arrives, ensure

the crates remain upright, especially if storing the

crates temporarily.

When unpacking the Repeater, check for any visi-

ble damage or problems caused by shipping. If there

is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims

with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage

caused before shipping, file a claim with E.F. Johnson.

Contact Customer Service for assistance (see Section

1.7).

If everything appears undamaged, remove the

Repeater equipment from the crate, using normal pre-

cautions for unpacking.

Figure 2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS

POWER STRIP

TX COMBINER

DUPLEXER

RX MULTICOUPLER

INSTALLATION

2-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you

must return an item; use the same packing materials

and methods (including static protective bags for cir-

cuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsi-

ble for proper repacking. E.F. Johnson cannot be

responsible for damage to equipment caused by

negligence.

NOTE: Repeaters should not touch, leave a minimum

of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between

repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation

slots in high power repeaters.

NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately

by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the

back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the

rack (see Figure 2-8).

2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION

VIKING VX repeaters with High Speed Data Bus

(HSDB) software Version 201 or earlier (reference

U14 label) installed on the MPC board must use the

optional RJ-11 to BNC Adapter Module (see Table 1-1

and Figure 2-9) to connect the HSDB. Any VIKING

VX repeater (regardless of the HSDB software ver-

sion) that connects to a HSDB that is also servicing

LTR 1010 repeaters, other VIKING VX repeaters that

use VIKING VNC cards, or an ID Validator must also

use the adapter module. The BNC Adapter Module is

installed on the back of the VIKING VX repeater cabi-

net (see Figure 2-13).

Systems constructed only with LTR VIKING VX

repeaters that have Version 202 or later HSDB soft-

ware and do not use VNC cards can be connected

directly to the HSDB from the RJ-11 jack on the back

of the repeater.

2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS

Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of

installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched

as indicated in Figures 2-10 through 2-13.

2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS

Refer to Figure 2-6 for crystal selection and

HSDB Code selections jumper placement. The

jumper on J5, pins 2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for LTR.

The jumper on J4, pins 3-4 connects EPROM U14, pin

27 (A14) to +5V for LTR single-ended 5V data bus.

Figure 2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM

RECEIVER 1

RECEIVER 2

RECEIVER 3

RECEIVER 4

RECEIVER 5

RECEIVER

MULTICOUPLER

PREAMPLIFIER

FILTER

DUPLEXER

TRANSMITTER

COMBINER

TRANSMITTER 1

TRANSMITTER 2

TRANSMITTER 3

TRANSMITTER 4

TRANSMITTER 5

T/R ANTENNA

BANDPASS

INSTALLATION

2-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS

Jumper J4 must be placed with the following

guidelines (see Figure 2-6):

J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC

adapter module and mixed systems (20x1 and 1100)

with any version of HSDB software.

J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC

adapter module with 2008 only systems with any

version of HSDB software.

J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to RJ-11

cable with 2008 only systems with Version 202 or later

HSDB software.

Figure 2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS

2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT

ANTENNAS

Receive and Transmit antenna connector loca-

tions are shown in Figure 2-8. Although each trans-

mitter and receiver could be connected to a separate

antenna, this is usually not done because of the large

number of antennas required by a multiple repeater

installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system

is usually used. An example of a combining system

for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-5. The

amount of power loss introduced by a combiner

depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss

of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by

half.

Figure 2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS

Figure 2-9 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MOD-

ULE

231J5

J4 1

HSDB CODE SELECTION

CRYSTAL SELECTION

J4 1

HSDB CODE SELECTION

CRYSTAL SELECTION

GROUND

ORN

PIN 2

TLA+

PIN 1

TLA-

GRN

BLK

HSDB-

PIN 5 HSDB+

PIN 6

YEL

BLU

PIN 1 ORN

PIN 4

PIN 3

RED

IRDB- IRDB+

PIN 2 BLK

PIN 3 RED

PIN 4 GRN

PIN 5 YEL

PIN 6 BLU

PIN 7 GRY

PIN 8 BRN

INSTALLATION

2-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 2-10 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION

Figure 2-11 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION

MPC SWITCHES

ON21876543ON2143

S3 S2

MPC SWITCHES

S3 S2

187

2143

S3 S2

187

2143

INSTALLATION

2-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 2-12 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION

MPC SWITCHES

S3 S2

187

S3 S2

143

S3 S2

187

END REPEATER

MIDDLE REPEATERS

INSTALLATION

2-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 2-13 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION

MPC SWITCHES

S3 S2

143

S3 S2

50 OHM

TERMINATION

LOGIC

RECEIVER

EXCITER

50 OHM

TERMINATION

ID VALIDATOR

LOGIC

RECEIVER

EXCITER

OPTIONAL

3-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SOFTWARE

SECTION 3 SOFTWARE

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The Johnson 2000 Repeater Program on 3.5 inch

disk, Part No. 023-9998-390, uses an IBM personal

computer to program the EEPROM Memory in the

Main Processor Card (MPC). To lessen the chance of

programming errors and simplify operation, the pro-

gram uses yes/no questions or toggles through the

available responses.

The computer is connected directly from the

serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used

are shown in Figure 4-29. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular

adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer

and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the

MPC.

NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer

and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which

case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial

card outputs and connections.

3.1.1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual introduces the program and illus-

trates how to use the features. This manual is orga-

nized to easily find programming information with the

Table of Contents, Index and Parameter Tables for the

responses required for programming.

Graphic reproductions of the screens are shown

for reference. Adjacent to the screens are tables to

provide the parameters, available responses and a brief

description of the parameter. It is not the intent of this

manual to teach computer operation, but to allow the

user to become familiar with the available screens and

the responses without having to be at the computer.

3.1.2 GETTING STARTED

NOTE: Before starting you should already know how to

start MS-DOS, format and make backup copies of

disks, copy and delete files, and run programs. If you

are unfamiliar with any of these actions, refer to the

MS-DOS manual for your computer for more informa-

tion (see Section 5-1).

Follow the computer instructions for loading the

disk. The MS-DOS Revision 2.0 or later operating

system is needed to run the programs. The computer

needs to have RS-232C capability, for example, the

Serial Card in slot "COM1" or "COM2".

3.1.3 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION

The programming software is designed to run on

an IBM PC or compatible computer that meet the fol-

lowing minimum requirements.

1. One 3.5" high density disk drive.

2. 640K of memory

3. MS-DOS version 2.0 or higher

4. One serial port

5. Monochrome or color monitor and video card

Although the program uses color to highlight cer-

tain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and

white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfac-

tory operation. Most video formats such as EGA and

VGA are supported. A serial port is required to con-

nect the Repeater to the computer. This port is stan-

dard with most computers.

The cables from the Repeater to the computer are

not included. With most computers, the adapter-to-

computer cable is a standard DB-25 M-F cable, PN

023-5800-017, (the male connector plugs into the

adapter). If your computer requires a male connector,

a male-to-male cable is also available, PN 023-5800-

016. The cable from the adapter to the Repeater has a

modular-type 8-pin connector (see Figure 4-29).

3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE

The data programmed into the MPC is stored by

an EEPROM Memory. Since this type of device is

nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the

need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be

SOFTWARE

3-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

removed from the site or even stored indefinitely with-

out affecting programming. Since EEPROM Memory

is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if

programming is changed.

3.1.5 COMMAND LINE OPTIONS

HELP

To show all options available from the command

line type: /h or /?. Either ’/’ or ’-’ can be used. For

example: 2004pgmr /h

The options can be entered in any order.

For example: 2004pgmr /d /b /c

COM PORT

The Johnson programming software defaults to

serial port COM1. However, if this port is already in

use, the software can be reconfigured to use serial port

COM2. To do this, use one of the following methods:

1. When running the compiled (.EXE) version, type /

c2 on the command line after the program name.

For example: 2004pgmr /c2 or -c2

2. Select COM port from Utilities heading.

BAUD RATE

The software defaults to 9600 baud, however this

rate can be changed. To do this from the command

line, type /bxxxx (xxxx = baud rate).

For example: 2004pgmr /b or -b

NOTE: When the baud rate is changed on the com-

mand line, the baud rate jumpers on J3 in the MPC

must also be changed to the same baud rate (see Sec-

tion 6.10.8).

DEMO MODE

To view the screens for Read Setup Parms and

Write Setup Parms from the Transfer menu when a

repeater is not connected to the computer this option is

used. Normally these screens are not available with-

out a repeater connected. To do this from the com-

mand line, type: /d or -d.

For example: 2004pgmr /d

3.1.6 COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION

The programming software utilizes color for a

color monitor and video card. However, with LCD-

type displays, this may make some information hard to

read because the contrast is poor. To improve contrast,

a monochrome mode can be selected in the display

mode from Utilities heading.

3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE

3.2.1 INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE

When you receive the programming software,

make a backup copy and store the master in a safe

place. Copy the distribution disks using DOS DISK-

COPY command. For example, type:

DISKCOPY A: A: (single floppy drive)

DISKCOPY A: B: or C: (multi-drive systems).

If you have a hard disk drive, you may want to

create one or more separate directories for transceiver

programming and then transfer the program disk files

to those directories. To create a new directory, use the

MKDIR command. For example, to create directory

RADIOPRG, type:

MKDIR \RADIOPRG.

Then to make the new directory the current directory,

use the CHDIR command. For example, to change to

the \RADIOPRG directory, type

CHDIR \RADIOPRG.

To copy all files from a floppy disk in drive A: to this

directory, type:

COPY A:*.*

SOFTWARE

3-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

If you have a single floppy drive and no hard disk

drive, you need to create programming disks. The rea-

son for this is that there is not adequate space on the

backup disk(s) for storing radio files. If your com-

puter has dual floppy disk drives, the backup disk can

be placed in one drive and then the radio files stored

on a disk in the second drive.

To make a programming disk, format a blank disk

using FORMAT B: or FORMAT B: /S (use "/S" if it

must be a bootable disk). Then copy the required pro-

gram file or files to the programming disk. To do this,

type COPY A:(filename.ext) B:(filename.ext). For

example, to copy the file 2004pgm2.exe from drive A

to drive B, type

COPY A:2004pgm2.exe B:2004pgm2.exe

This procedure works for either single or dual drive

computers. Refer to your computer reference manual

for more information on these DOS commands.

The programming software is shipped in a com-

pressed format. The name of the compressed file is

2000pgm2.exe and it extracts the following files so the

program can be used on a PC.

VHF_PGMR.EXE 488K

VHF_PGMR.HLP 46K

VHF12LMN.HLP 2K

VHF_PGMR.LNF 181K

VHF12HMN.LNF 11K

VHF12LMN.LNF 278K

VHF12LUS.LMF 59K

VHF25HMN.LNF 11K

VHF25LMN.LNF 270K

VHF25LUS.LMF 62K

The 2004PGM2.EXE file is self extracting which

means that the files extract automatically when exe-

cuted. To extract these files so the program can be

used, first make the current directory the destination

directory for these files. For example, to make it the

\RADIOPRG directory on drive C: (if not the current

directory), type C: (Return) and then CD \RADIOPRG

as just described. To make it the disk in drive B:, sim-

ply type B:. Then insert the program disk in drive A:

and type A:2004PGM2 (or B: 2004PRM2 if drive B:

is being used). The program files are automatically

extracted into the current directory or disk.

3.2.2 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED

Approximately 560K of free conventional mem-

ory is required to run this program (use the CHKSK or

MEM command to display the amount of free mem-

ory). If you have at least 640K of memory and not

enough is available, there may be other programs that

are also being loaded into conventional memory. Con-

tact Customer Service for information on how these

programs can be moved or disabled to make more

space available.

3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER

When the program is loaded into the computer

and executed, the menu shows the files available from

the directory. The program is used to create, edit,

transfer and receive the repeater and channel parame-

ters described in Section 5.

IMPORTANT

The commands and displays referred to in this

manual are for the IBM PC and may differ from IBM

compatible. Refer to the computer’s operating system

manual for command explanations.

3.3.1 PROGRAM FILES

The files in the software directory are needed to

run the program.

3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE

Figure 3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU

The software for the VIKING VX repeater pro-

grams the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates

necessary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full

File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities

Receiver

Exciter

RNT Interface

Full Rptr/Station

Telephone Interface

VNC Interface

SOFTWARE

3-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Repeater menu. Under the menu heading Test are the

alignment procedures for the PA (see Section 7.3),

Receiver (see Section 7.1), Exciter (see Section 7.2)

and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.4) including

the MAC card (see Figure 3-1).

Refer to Section 7 for Alignment Procedures as

shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and

test setup diagrams.

3.5 HELP F1

Help screens are available for most parameters

and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or

options clarification is needed, press F1 and if a help

screen is available it will pop-up on the screen. Press

Escape <ESC> to exit the pop-up screen.

Figure 3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART

FILE

EDIT

HARDWARE

TEST

UTILITIES

HELP - F1

TRANSFER

Revisions

Repeater Type

Write Setup Parms F6

Read Setup Parms F5

Setup Parameters F4

RF Data

Exciter

Receiver

Display Mode

COM Port

Quit ALT X

DOS Shell

Save As

Delete Repeater

Alarm Configuration

Select Repeater

Alarm Display

Load

Save

Full Rptr/Station

Print Config

About...

User Level

4-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

PULL DOWN MENUS

SECTION 4 PULL DOWN MENUS

4.1 MENU DISPLAYS

The menus available are listed at the top of the

screen (see Figure 3-2). Move the cursor with the

arrow keys to highlight the menu name. Press Enter to

view the menu and the arrow keys to scroll through

the menu. Call up the highlighted selection by press-

ing Enter.

4.2 FILE MENU

This menu manipulates new or existing files into

directories and saves files to be called up at another

time.

Figure 4-1 FILE MENU

Figure 4-2 LOAD FILE

4.2.1 LOAD

Load reads information from a stored file. The

program requests the filename to be loaded into the

buffer. The filename from a disk can be entered in the

highlighted area. Then move the cursor down with the

arrow key and highlight "Ok" and press Enter. To

select an existing file, use the arrow keys to move

down the menu list and press Enter when the high-

lighted filename is the file to load.

4.2.2 SAVE

This saves the edited version of an existing file

loaded in the buffer under the same filename in the

directory and deletes the old file. It loads a new file

created in the Edit menu into the directory.

4.2.3 SAVE AS

This saves the edited version of an existing file

loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a

new file created in the Edit menu a filename.

Figure 4-3 SAVE FILE

Dir c:\example\file\load

..\

tmp\

Load File

Ok Cancel

File *.qx

file1.qx

Dir c:\example\file\load

..\

tmp\

Ok Cancel

Save File

File *.qx

test.qx

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-2 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4.2.4 NEW

This menu selection erases all Site and Repeater

information in the programmer and loads factory

defaults. If the current data has been changed, select-

ing File -> New provides the opportunity to save the

data before loading the defaults.

4.2.5 PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION

Select the destination for the configurations.

Printer - Prints to printer connected to PC.

File - Writes printable test to selected filename.

Select which repeater data will be printed.

All Repeaters - Prints the data for all valid

repeaters.

Single Repeater - Prints the data for the entered

repeater number.

NOTE: A list of valid repeaters can be seen under the

Edit-Select Repeater menu selection.

4.2.6 DOS SHELL

DOS shell temporarily suspends the program and

returns to DOS. Directories and other DOS com-

mands can be performed. To return to the program

from DOS, type EXIT and press Enter.

4.2.7 QUIT (ALT X)

Quit exits the repeater program and returns to

DOS. Save all files before exiting the repeater pro-

gram.

Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART

Stand Alone

CWID Time

CWID Message

Local Mic ID

Test Mode ID

Default

Repeater Number

Input Alarms

Output Alarms

Cross Reference

Input Type Selection

Output Type Selection

Select Repeater

Alarm Configuration

EDIT

Setup Parameters F4

Alarm Cross Reference Selection

Delete Repeater

Repeater Type

Power Source

RF Power Level

Multi-Net

LTR

Universal Station UHF

Channel Bandwidth

Frequency Range

12.5 kHz

25 kHz

Repeater Type

TELCO Network Type

Area

Paging

132-150 MHz

Repeater Number

Receive Frequency

Transmit Frequency

150-178 MHz

Data Modem

Frequency Step

Sync Repeater

VHF Universal Station

370-480 MHz

480-512 MHz

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4.3 EDIT

Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU

This menu is used to create new files and set or

change the repeater operating parameters. The file-

name for the repeaters in this file is shown in the

lower left corner of the screen.

4.3.1 SETUP PARAMETERS

First see Section 4.3.4 to select repeater type to

setup LTR Parameters. This menu programs the

repeater parameters and options of each repeater at a

site. Table 5-1 lists the parameters that are set by this

screen (see Figure 5-1) and gives a brief description of

each.

NOTE: The parameters are shown in the lower left of

the pop-up screen for reference.

Repeater Number

Each repeater is programmed with a repeater

number from 1-20. Make sure that this number agrees

with the Home repeater number programmed in the

mobiles assigned to this repeater.

Receive/Transmit Frequency

Each Repeater is programmed with a Transmit

and Receive frequency that it is operating on.

Frequency Step

Using the space bar, select either:

5000 Hz or 6250 Hz for allowable frequency spacing.

To eliminate the chance of incorrect synthesizer

settings arising from ambiguous frequencies, make

sure this setting is correct.

Telco Network Type

None is used for LTR system repeaters.

Area

This is the same as the area bit used when pro-

gramming the mobiles. This bit is usually "0".

Sync Repeater

None is used for LTR system repeaters.

Stand Alone

Select if the repeater is not connected to addi-

tional repeaters via the high speed data bus.

ID Validator (Not applicable at this time.)

CWID Time

The time interval between transmission of the

repeater’s CWID message.

CWID Message

FCC regulations require that the station call let-

ters be transmitted periodically on the lowest- fre-

quency repeater in the system and disabled on all the

others. Morse code is used to encode these letters/

numbers for continuous-wave (CW) transmission (15

characters/numbers UPPER CASE).

Local MIC ID

The local microphone connected to the MAC

jack is assigned a Group ID for transmitting when the

local microphone PTT is active. This allows the

Repeater to operate as a base station.

Test Mode ID

This Group ID is transmitted when the Repeater

is in Test Mode. Mobiles with the same Group ID can

communicate with the Repeater in Test Mode.

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

RF Power Level

This is the default power level. Enter the power

level for transmit power.

NOTE: This is not the actual power out level. Other

factors must be considered for true power out.

Power Source

This indicates the primary power source for the

Repeater (AC/DC). If AC is selected and Battery

Backup is installed, the transmitter goes to half rated

power (max.) when AC fails. If DC is selected and

AC fails, power output is unchanged.

Data Modem

This is selected if the Data Modem option is

installed. This option is not compatible with Paging,

TIC, or VNC.

4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER

Select the repeater number to be programmed or

edited from the pop-up menu (see Figure 4-6). Move

the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the

repeater number and press Enter.

Figure 4-6 REPEATER LIST

4.3.3 ALARM CONFIGURATION

This programs the input alarm (see Figure 4-8)

and output alarm (see Figure 4-9) configurations and

provides a cross reference screen.

Use the arrow keys to move down the list. Use

the Space bar to toggle through the parameters: Dis-

abled, Active Low, Active High, for each alarm.

Figure 4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION

Input Alarms

There are four input alarms that can be activated

by external devices (see Section 6.12). These inputs

can be disabled, energized or de-energized. Alarms 3

and 4 can also be analog input.

If the input is disabled, the input alarm line is

inactive. When energized and current flow is

detected, the alarm is activated. When de-energized

and no current flow is detected, the alarm is acti-

vated. Analog inputs provide a detection of an analog

input out of limit condition. Select the Low and High

Limit pair to trip an Analog Input Alarm. The High

Limit must be greater in value than the Low Limit

(0.0V-5.0V in 0.1V steps).

Figure 4-8 INPUT ALARMS

Output Type Selection

Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The

available types are:

Active Open - An active alarm opens (no contact)

the output lines.

Active Closed - An active alarm closes (contact)

the output lines.

Repeater List

default

Rptr 1

-------

Rptr 30

Select Which Alarms To Edit

Input Alarms

Output Alarms

Cross Reference

Input Alarm Configuration

Input Type Selection Description

Spacebar

Door 1 open

Door 2 open

Alarm 1 Input Type: Energized

Alarm 2 Input Type: De-Energized

Alarm 3 Input Type: Analog

Alarm 4 Input Type: Analog

Fuel Tank 1/2

Fuel Tank 1/4

High Limit Voltage (Input3): 2.5 Volts

Low Limit Voltage (Input3): 1.6 Volts

High Limit Voltage (Input4): 1.5 Volts

Low Limit Voltage (Input4): 0 Volts

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS

Alarm Description

This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to

describe the alarm. This test string is sent via Morse

code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID

and an output is selected in the cross reference menu

(see Figure 4-10).

Transmit ID

Each of the 8-alarm outputs can be assigned a

Group ID from 1-225. The default setting is 0 (zero)

for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater number

identify an alarm that is active. This ID can be pro-

grammed into a transceiver so that when the alarm is

active, the alarm description is received in Morse

code.

Alarm Transmit Rate

This sets the time interval for transmitting the

alarm message in Morse code. If more than one alarm

is active, this is the inter-alarm time.

Cross Reference

The cross reference screen selects the output

alarm that is activated by each input alarm. There are

up to 48 alarms (0-47), 8 external input alarms and 40

internal alarms (see Table 1-2). There are eight output

alarms. An alarm condition on any input can cause an

output alarm. This screen configures which input

alarm activates an output alarm.

NOTE: More than one alarm condition can have the

same output alarm (see Figure 4-10).

Description

Spacebar

Output Alarm Configuration

Output Type Selection Tx ID

Alarm 1 Output Type: Active Open

Alarm 2 Output Type: Active Open

Alarm 3 Output Type: Active Open

Alarm Tx Rate: 0

Press F2 to Accept

DOOR OPEN

FUEL 1/2

FUEL 1/4

RF HALF POWERAlarm 4 Output Type: Active Closed

120

Figure 4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE

4.3.4 REPEATER TYPE

This screen (see Figure 4-11) selects the repeater

type (LTR signaling protocol and features):

Repeater Type VHF

Channel Bandwidth 12.5/25 kHz

Frequency Range 132-150/150-178 MHz

Figure 4-11 REPEATER TYPE

4.3.5 DELETE REPEATER

Figure 4-12 DELETE REPEATER

Select which Output Alarm is activated by each Input Alarm.

8. None 24. None 32. None 40. None

5. None

6. None

7. None

9. None

10. None

11. None

12. None

13. None

14. None

15. None

17. None

18. None

19. None

20. None

21. None

22. None

23. None

25. None

26. None

27. None

28. None

29. None

30. None

31. None

34. None

35. None

36. None

37. None

38. None

39. None

41. None

42. None

43. None

44. None

45. None

46. None

47. None

Alarm Cross Reference Selection

Press F2 to Accept

0. None

1. 1

2. 1

3. 2

4. 3

16. None 33. 4

Select Rptr To Delete

Rptr 1

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4.3.6 TELEPHONE PARAMETERS

Refer to the Telephone Interface Card manual,

Part No. 004-2000-370, for information on the Tele-

phone Access Parameters, Telephone Interface and

TIC Calibration Data.

4.4 TRANSFER

Figure 4-13 TRANSFER MENU

4.4.1 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS

This command sends the contents of a file to the

repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the

Main Processor Card (MPC).

Figure 4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS

Figure 4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP

4.4.2 READ SETUP PARAMETERS

This command reads the contents of the

EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a

buffer. The contents of the buffer is then displayed to

show the programming of the repeater.

Figure 4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS

Figure 4-17 READING SETUP

Read Setup Parms F5

Write Setup Parms F6

Edit Option Keys

Read TIC Calibration Data

Write TIC Calibration Data

File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities

Program Rptr 1

Ok Cancel

Programming Setup Parameters

Count = 1

Ok Cancel

Read Setup Parms?

Reading Setup Parameters

Attempting access to Repeater

Figure 4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART

Home

UID

GoTo

GID

Data Received From Radio

Data Transmitted to Radio

Home

UID

GID

Pri

Stat

Time

HSDB Monitor

RX/TX Data

HARDWARE

RF Data RF Line Monitor

Mode Select Normal

Test

Revisions

Repeater (1-20)

TTY Terminal

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4.5 HARDWARE

Figure 4-19 HARDWARE MENU

4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR

High Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connects all

repeaters at a site and continually sends updates on the

status of each repeater. This information screen pro-

vides a list of all repeaters at the site (1 to 20). If a

repeater is not sending data, IDLE is next to the

repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used

to determine the Home, GID and UID of destination

(mobile) users to receive the call placed by the

originator.

The Home column refers to the Home repeater

number of the originator, therefore the Repeater num-

ber and the Home number may not be the same num-

ber. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify the

originator of special calls. The GID column refers to

the Group ID of the talk group of the originator

(236=UID Call, 237 Telco call). The GoTo column

shows the repeater channel all destination users switch

to so they receive the call.

Figure 4-20 HSDB MONITOR

4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA

This is an information screen used at the repeater

site while the computer (laptop) is connected to the

MPC in the repeater being monitored. This informa-

tion is contained in the receive data stream exchanged

between the repeater and the destination user (mobile)

and the data content of the repeater transmit data

stream. The message contains data received from the

destination and data sent to the mobile by the repeater.

The repeater receives the destination’s: Unique

ID, Home Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority, Sta-

tus and Time Stamp. The information sent to the des-

tination in the update message from the repeater

includes: Unique ID of originator, Home Repeater

Number, Group ID, GoTo Channel Number, Free

Channel Number and Priority of the current repeater.

The time stamp is included because messages are sent

continually and this provides a reference for when a

data exchange took place.

Figure 4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR

4.5.3 RF DATA

The A/D Monitor Screen shows the state of the

lines (see Figure 4-22). These lines are monitored by

the A to D converter in the IAC. The normal values

for each line are defined as follows.

Synthesizer Lock Lines Yes or No

Forward Power (LP) 25-110 Watts

Reflected Power 0-6 Watts

Final Out (ratio) approx equal

Chassis Temp 27°C-55°C

Wideband Audio Output approx 200

LO Injection approx 200

RSSI 20-150

Fan Current 100-200, 0

Fan On or Off

Power Supply Temp 22°C-45°C

Battery Voltage 21V-28V

Values with no label are the actual A to D read-

ing. To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the

value by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any varia-

tion from the above values may indicate a problem in

that area. Values on this screen are relative measure-

ments only.

Rptr Home UID GoTo GID

UID Home GID Pri Stat Time

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 4-22 RF LINE MONITOR

4.5.4 REVISION/VERSION

The Revision/Version is displayed for the

repeater modules in this screen. The format is R.V

(revision.version) for all modules. The MPC informa-

tion also includes the release date of the software and

the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version

in Figure 4-23 is for J4, pins 5/6 connected in the MPC

and Figure 4-24 is the version for J4, pins 3/4 connected in

the MPC.

4.5.5 MODE SELECT

The Mode Select screen places the repeater either

in the Normal mode or the Test mode. In the Normal

mode the repeater operates as a normal repeater.

In the Test mode the repeater transmits a test

word. This test word is the Test Mode ID setup in the

Setup Parameters (see Section 4.3.1).

C A U T I O N

While in the test mode the repeater is "busy", therefore

it is important to place the repeater in Normal mode

when the test mode is no longer required.

Figure 4-23 REVISION/VERSION

Figure 4-24 REVISION/VERSION

RF Line Monitor

Synthesizer Lock Lines

Exciter Synthesizer: Yes

Receive Synthesizer: Yes

Transmit Parameters

Forward Power: 0 Watts

Reflected Power: 0 Watts

Final Output 1/2: 0/ 0 ratio

Final Output 3/4: 0/ 0 ratio

Receive Parameters

RSSI: 0

System Parameters

Fan 1 Current: 0

Fan 2 Current: 0

Fan On: Off

Chassis Temp: 0 C

Battery Voltage: 0 Volts

Wideband Audio Output: 0

LO Injection: 0

Power Supply Temp: 0 C

(Not Calibrated)

Exciter High Stability: No

Receive High Stability: No

Repeater Version Display

Serial Number: 1234567891234567

HSDB: 2.1d MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00

Repeater Number: 1

MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11

Repeater Version Display

Serial Number: 1234567891234567

Repeater Number: 1

MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11

HSDB: 50.02 MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 4-25 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART

All Test

Frequency Adjust

TEST

Select Line Type

Data Over Voice (2-Wire)

All Receive Tests

All Transmit Tests

All Audio/Data Tests

All Operational Tests

Separate Data (4-Wire)

RS-2332

New HSDB Test

Old HSDB Test

Handshake Test

Alarm Test

Spurious Check

Voice Audio From Repeater

Voice Audio To Repeater

FSK Data To Rptr (Separate Path)

FSK Data To Rptr (Over Voice Path)

FSK Data From RNT (Separate Path)

FSK Data From Rptr (Over Voice Path)

RS-232 Setup

Audio Deviation Limit

Repeat Audio Level

Data Level Adjust

Audio/Data Deviation

CWID Level Check

Local Speaker/Mic

Tx Hum & Noise Ratio

Transmit Audio Distortion

LTR Modem

Power Output Adjust

TCXO Frequency Adjust

Audio Distortion

Hum & Noise Measurement

SINAD Measurement

Squelch Adjust

Data Level Adjust

Local Speaker/Mic

Desense Check

Miscellaneous Tests

Repeater Setup

Transmitter Tests

Receiver Tests

Transmit Audio/Data

Voter Audio Adjust

Audio/Data Adjust

Repeater Operation

Adjust Links

Receiver

Exciter

Full Rptr/Station

RNT Interface

Telephone Interface

4.6 TEST

Figure 4-26 TEST MENU

4.6.1 POWER AMPLIFIER

This menu selection walks through the alignment

of the Power Amplifier and RF Interface Board on the

computer screen. Refer to Section 7.3 for the PA and

RFIB alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3 and 7-8

for alignment points diagrams.

4.6.2 RECEIVER

This menu selection walks through the alignment

of the receiver on the computer screen. Refer to Sec-

tion 7.1 for the Receiver alignment in this manual and

Figure 7-1 for an alignment points diagram and Figure

7-6 for a test setup of the Receiver.

4.6.3 EXCITER

This menu selection walks through the alignment

of the Exciter on the computer screen. Refer to Sec-

tion 7.2 for the Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an

alignment points diagram and Figure 7-7 for a test

setup of the Exciter.

PULL DOWN MENUS

4-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4.6.4 FULL REPEATER

This menu selection walks through the alignment

of the entire repeater. The Receiver and Exciter por-

tions are performance tests and adjustments. The

Audio and Data portions are level adjustments for the

Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-12 for an

alignment points diagram for the MAC.

4.7 UTILITIES

Figure 4-27 UTILITIES MENU

4.7.1 COM PORT

This is the COM port used to send and receive

data from the Repeater MPC. An interface cable con-

nects the Repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-29).

This screen also selects the data baud rate.

Figure 4-28 COM PORT SELECTION

Figure 4-29 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CA-

BLE

4.7.2 DISPLAY MODE

This screen allows the color mode to be selected

for color monitors. When using a laptop, monochrome

is recommended for better resolution.

Figure 4-30 COLOR MODE SELECTION

4.7.3 USER LEVEL

There are two levels to choose from, Novice and

Advanced. The Novice uses prompts in the Edit-

Parameters screens when Escape or F2 keys are

pressed that ask "are you sure" before the task is exe-

cuted. The Advanced selection performs the task

without asking the question.

TO MPC

TO LAPTOP

5-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

REPEATER PROGRAMMING

SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING

5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE

An example will be used to show the program-

ming for a new file created for Site 1.

NOTE: At any point in the programming sequence, if

F1 is selected, a help screen appears to explain the

menu selection highlighted at that point.

5.1.1 SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT

A repeater is selected to program. When no file

exists with programmed repeaters, the default is

selected and edited.

1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.

3. Default is the only repeater in this list, press Enter.

4. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

5. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.

6. The Setup Parameters screen appears (see Figure 5-

1). Fill in the parameters for this repeater. A brief

description of the parameters is in Table 5-1. Full

descriptions are in Section 4.3.1.

7. Select parameters, press F2 to accept.

8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press

Enter, if alarms are to be configured.

10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section

4.3.3), press F2 to accept.

11.Highlight FILES, press Enter.

12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.

13.Type in a valid DOS filename. For this example

site1.dat is used.

14.The file consists of default and repeater one under

the filename of site1.dat.

5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE

The example used for Site 1 will again be used to

add repeaters to the filename site1.dat.

1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter.

3. The repeater list shown for this file includes default

and repeater one. These contain the same parame-

ters with the exception that when selected for edit

the programmed repeater can be overwritten and the

data lost.

4. Highlight DEFAULT, press Enter.

5. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

6. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter.

7. Change the Repeater number and other parameters

as required for this repeater, press F2.

8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter.

9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press

Enter, if alarms are to be configured.

10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section

4.3.3), press F2 to accept.

11.Highlight FILES, press Enter.

12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter.

13.Repeater 2 is added to the Repeater List in file

site1.dat.

REPEATER PROGRAMMING

5-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS

Table 5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS

Parameter Response Description

Repeater Number 1-20 Each repeater is assigned a Home Repeater number from 1-20.

Channel Frequency Rx:

Tx: Each repeater is programmed with the transmit and receive fre-

quency that it is operating on.

Frequency Step 5 kHz or 6.25 kHz Allowable frequency spacing.

Telco Network Type None

FSK

RS232

FSK Blank & Burst

TIC

VNC

None=LTR dispatch only.

Data signaling type for a Switch, FSK, RS232 or FSK B&B.

TIC is for Telephone Interface Card w/o a Switch.

VNC=network telephone interconnect w/o a Switch.

Area 0, 1 Same as value of the Area bit in the mobiles.

Sync Repeater No Not used.

Stand Alone Yes, No Select if the repeater is not connected to additional repeaters

(via HSDB).

ID Validator Yes, No Not used.

CWID Time 0 = disabled

1-60 min Time between CWID transmissions.

CWID Message 15 characters/numbers

UPPER CASE Station call letters.

Local MIC ID 0 = disabled (default)

1-250, 253 Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active.

Test Mode ID 0 = disabled

1-250, 254 (default) Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode.

RF Power Level 25-110 Power level in watts for transmit power.

Power Source AC or DC The type of primary power source for the Repeater.

Data Modem Yes, No Select if the Data Modem option is installed.

Repeater Home (1-20)

Repeater Number: 1

LTR Repeater Setup Parameters Edit

Rcv Frequency: 158.145000

Xmit Frequency: 153.095000

Frequency Step: 5000 Hz

Sync Repeater: No

Stand Alone: Yes

ID Validator: N/A

Local MIC ID: 0

Test Mode ID: 254

Paging: No

Telco Network Type: None

Area:

CWID Time:

CWID Message:

RF Power Level:

Power Source:

Data Modem:

Press F2 to Accept

REDHAWK

110

6-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6.1 RECEIVER

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION

The receiver is a double conversion type with

intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz.

The first injection frequency is phase locked to a tem-

perature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with

a frequency stability of ±2.5 PPM from -30° to +60°C

(-22° to +140°F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the

front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two

4-pole crystal filters and two 4-pole ceramic filter

establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram

Figure 6-1).

6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES

The +15V DC power source is supplied by the

repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the

receiver on J201, pin 1. U302 provides the +12V DC

receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U303

supplies +12V DC to the first and second injection

amplifiers. U304 supplies +12V DC to the remaining

RF circuits. U301 supplies +6V DC to the remaining

circuits.

6.1.3 HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER

The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial

connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L101,

L102 and L103 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to

pass only a narrow band of frequencies within the

132-178 MHz band. This filter also attenuates the

image and other unwanted frequencies.

Impedance matching between the helical filter

and RF amplifier U103A is provided by C102.

U103A amplifies the receive signal to recover filter

losses and increases receiver sensitivity. Biasing for

U103A is provided by R105/R106/R107/R108 and

C105, C106, C107 and C108 provide RF bypass.

Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided

by 3-pole helical filter L108-L110. C103/C104 match

the output from U103A to 3-pole helical filter L108-

L110.

6.1.4 12.5 KHZ IF

First Mixer and Crystal Filter

First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency

with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95

MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the

injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive

frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz

IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203,

pins 2-3 to select the 12.5 kHz IF. The output of U101

is matched to Z211 at 52.95 MHz by L211, C236 and

C237.

Z211A and Z211B form a two-section, four-pole

filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a

-3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter attenuates adja-

cent channels and other signals close to the receive

frequency. The filter sections are a matched pair and

the dot on the case indicates which leads connect

together. Matching with Q202 is provided by C241,

L213 and C240.

IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter

Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to

recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver

sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R236/

R233/R234/R235 and C242/C243/C246 provide RF

bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to crystal fil-

ter Z212 at 52.95 MHz by C245, C247 and L214.

Z212A and Z212B form a two-section, four-pole

filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a

-3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter establishes the

selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95

MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the

dot on the case indicates which leads connect together.

Matching with U203 is provided by C250, C251,

C252, L216 and R237.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 6-1 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM

BANDPASS FILTER

L102/L103/L104

A201

RF IN U103A

BANDPASS FILTER

L108/L109/L110

U101

MIXER

Z211A/B

CRYSTAL FILTER

52.95 MHz 4-POLE

RF AMP IF AMP

Q202

CRYSTAL FILTER

52.95 MHz 4-POLE

Z212A/B

U401

SYNTHESIZER

RF DATA

RF CLOCK

SYN CS RX

SYN LK RX

BUFFER

Q401

Q402

BUFFER

Q410

Q411

REF IN

F IN

Q406, Q407

Q408, Q409

CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER

Q403, Q404

Q405, CR402

Y401

17.5 MHz TCXO

Q204

MULTIPLIER

Z213/Z214

U203

IF DETECTOR/AMP

AUDIO

U204B

U204A RSSI

RX WBAND

VCO

Q131

Q132

BUFFER/AMP

VCO FIRST SECOND

INJ AMP INJ AMP

Q133 Q134 L140/L141

INJECTION FILTER

BANDPASS

U102

AMP

INJECTION

TEST VOLTAGE

A006

Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and

R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through

R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281

matches Q204 to the highpass filter. The third har-

monic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive

the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L223, C282 and L224

form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below

52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output of the

filter to U203.

The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic fil-

ter Z213/Z214, then into the IF amplifier. The center

frequency of Z213/Z214 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth

of 9 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The lim-

iter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which

removes any amplitude fluctuations.

From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadra-

ture detector. An external phase-shift network con-

nected to U203, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the

detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are

unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the fre-

quency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as

does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector,

which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts

the phase shift into an audio signal. Z215 is adjusted

to provide maximum undistorted output from the

detector. The audio signal is then fed out on U203,

pin 9.

Second Mixer/Detector

As shown in Figure 6-2, U203 contains second

oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI

circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a

52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401 and tripler

Q204. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM) output of Y401 is

fed through C275 to tripler Q204. The tripler passes

the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the oscillator input

of U203.

Figure 6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM

MIXER

LIMITER

OSC

AMP

DEMODULATOR

AMP

FILTER

SQUELCH TRIGGER

WITH HYSTERESIS

QUAD COIL

DECOUPLING 1

DECOUPLING 2

GROUND

SQUELCH IN

FILTER OUT

FILTER IN

RSSI

AUDIO9

MUTE14

16 MIXER IN

IF IN

Vcc

MIXER OUT

OSC E

OSC B 1

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Wideband Audio Amplifier

U204B amplifies the detected audio and data sig-

nal. R244/R245/R246 set the gain of the amplifier

and R247/R248/R249/R250/RT204 provide a DC ref-

erence level. C261 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal

and C262 bypasses other frequencies. The output sig-

nal is adjusted by R253 and fed to J205, pin 3. Install

jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 2-3 to select the

12.5 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 9.

RSSI Amplifier

U203, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI

(receive signal strength indicator) circuit which pro-

vides a current proportional to the strength of the

450 kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered

through U204A and the level is adjusted by R221.

The DC output signal is then fed to J204, pin 3.

Install jumper plug P204 on J204, pins 2-3 to select

the 12.5 kHz RSSI to be routed to J201, pin 7.

6.1.5 25 KHZ IF

First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency

with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95

MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the

injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive

frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz

IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203,

pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz IF. The output of U101

is matched to the crystal filter at 52.95 MHz by L201,

C201 and C202.

Z201A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter

with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB

bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent

channels and other signals close to the receive fre-

quency. The filter is a matched pair and the dot on the

case indicates which leads connect together. Match-

ing with Q201 is provided by C205, L203 and C206.

IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter

Q201 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to

recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver

sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by R204/

R201/R202/R203 and C207/C209/C211 provide RF

bypass. The output of Q201 is matched to crystal fil-

ter Z202A at 52.95 MHz by C210, C212 and L204.

Z202A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter

with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB

bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter establishes the selec-

tivity of the receiver by further filtering the

52.95 MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair

and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect

together. Matching with U201 is provided by C215,

C216, C217, L206 and R205.

Figure 6-3 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM

BANDPASS FILTER

L102/L103/L104

A201

RF IN U103A

BANDPASS FILTER

L108/L109/L110

U101

MIXER

Z201A/Z201B

CRYSTAL FILTER

52.95 MHz 4-POLE

RF AMP IF AMP

Q201

CRYSTAL FILTER

52.95 MHz 4-POLE

Z202A/Z202B

U401

SYNTHESIZER

RF DATA

RF CLOCK

SYN CS RX

SYN LK RX

BUFFER

Q401

Q402

BUFFER

Q410

Q411

REF IN

F IN

Q406, Q407

Q408, Q409

CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER

Q403, Q404

Q405, CR402

Y401

17.5 MHz TCXO

Z203/Z204

U201

IF DETECTOR/AMP

AUDIO

U202B

U202A RSSI

RX WBAND

VCO

Q131

Q132

BUFFER/AMP

VCO FIRST SECOND

INJ AMP INJ AMP

Q133 Q134 L140/L141

INJECTION FILTER

BANDPASS

U102

AMP

INJECTION

TEST VOLTAGE

A006

Q204

MULTIPLIER

Q203

AMPLIFIER

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Second Mixer/Detector

As shown in Figure 6-2, U201 contains second

oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI

circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a

52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401, tripler

Q204 and amplifier Q203. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM)

output of Y401 is fed through C275 to tripler Q204.

The tripler passes the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to

amplifier Q203. Amplifier Q203 amplifies the 52.5

MHz signal for the oscillator input of U201.

Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and

R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through

R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281

matches Q204 to the highpass filter. L223, C282 and

L224 form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies

below 52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output

of the filter to U203. The third harmonic of the TCXO

frequency is lightly coupled to amplifier Q203 through

C270, R262 and C265. Biasing of Q203 is provided

by R254, R255, R256 and R257. The amplified 52.5

MHz output is passed to U201 OSC B input through

C271.

The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic fil-

ter Z203/Z204, then into the IF amplifier. The center

frequency of Z203/Z204 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth

of 15 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The lim-

iter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which

removes any amplitude fluctuations.

From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadra-

ture detector. An external phase-shift network con-

nected to U201, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the

detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are

unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the fre-

quency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as

does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, that

has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts the

phase shift into an audio signal. Z205 is adjusted to

provide maximum undistorted output from the detec-

tor. The audio signal is then fed out on U201, pin 9.

Wideband Audio Amplifier

U202B amplifies the detected audio and data sig-

nal. R212/R213/R214 set the gain of the amplifier and

R215/R216/R217/R218 and RT202 provide a DC ref-

erence level. C226 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal

and C227 bypasses other frequencies. The output sig-

nal is adjusted by R220 and fed to J205, pin 1. Install

jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 1-2 to select the

25 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 6.

RSSI Amplifier

U201, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI

(receive signal strength indicator) circuit which pro-

vides a current proportional to the strength of the 450

kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered through

U202A and the level is adjusted by R219. The DC

output signal is then fed to J204, pin 1. Install jumper

plug P204 on J201, pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz RSSI

to be routed to J201, pin 7.

6.1.6 VCO

The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is

formed by Q101 circuitry and high-Q inductor L102.

The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from 184-

231 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is provided by R102,

R103, R104 and R105. AC voltage divider C104,

C105 and C106 initiates and maintains oscillation and

matches Q101 to the tank circuit. The high-Q inductor

is grounded at one end to provide shunt inductance to

the tank circuit.

The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC

voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage across

a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capaci-

tance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases

as the control voltage increases. The control line is RF

isolated from tank circuit by choke L101. The amount

of frequency change produced by D101 is controlled

by series capacitor C102.

Q102 and Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer

circuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109

and R112. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and

adjusted by C107, and fed into the buffer. An output

from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment cir-

cuit consisting of C114 and C119.

6.1.7 ACTIVE FILTER

Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to pro-

vide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R803 and

R804 provide transistor bias, and C812 provides the

capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain of

Q801. If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears

on the collector, the base voltage does not change

because of C812. Therefore, the base current does not

change and transistor current remains constant. R805

decouples the VCO output from AC ground. L803 is

an RF choke and C810, C811, C813 and C814 provide

RF bypass.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.1.8 BUFFER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 pro-

vides amplification and isolation between the VCO

and Synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because

it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes

only a small amount of power. The input signal to this

amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on

pin 5. DC blocking and coupling to the VCO is pro-

vided by C455 and to the buffer by C456. Bias for the

amplifier is provided by R442, R445, R446 and R277.

Q411 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q410 is a

common-base with C458 and C457 providing RF

bypass. L405 provides some filtering of the cascode

output. R448 lowers the Q of L405. The output of the

amplifier is coupled by C442/C441 to U401, pin 11.

6.1.9 SYNTHESIZER

The inputs/outputs of synthesizer U401 are

shown in Figure 6-4. The output signal from the syn-

thesizer loop is the receiver first injection frequency.

This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller

oscillator). The frequency of this oscillator is con-

trolled by a DC voltage. This DC voltage is generated

by integrating the pulses from the phase detector in

synthesizer chip U401.

Frequencies are selected by programming

counters in U401 to divide by a certain number. This

programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18

and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is

established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401.

The output of this oscillator is stable from

-30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F).

Figure 6-4 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM

(OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT)

15 OUTPUT B

DATA OUT

24 BITS

A REGISTER

INPUT AMP

PRESCALER

64/65

LOGIC

MODULUS

CONTROL

N COUNTER

12-STAGE

A COUNTER

6-STAGE

CONTROL

INTERNAL

POR

LOGIC

STANDBY

8 BITS

C REGISTER

ENABLE 17

DATA IN

CLOCK 18

LOGIC

CONTROL

AND

SHIFT

16 BITS

R REGISTER

DOUBLE-BUFFERED

13-STAGE R COUNTER

DIVIDER

4-STAGE

OSC OR

out

REF

OR (UP)

OV (DOWN)

16 OUTPUT A

LOGIC

SELECT

PORT

2LOCK DETECT

AND CONTROL LD

PHASE/FREQUENCY

DETECTOR B

AND CONTROL

PHASE/FREQUENCY

AND CONTROL

DETECTOR A

PDout

TEST 2

TEST 1

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

The VCO frequency of A401 is controlled by a

DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detec-

tor output pulses of U401. The phase detector senses

the phase and frequency of the two input signals (fV

and fR) and causes the VCO control voltage to increase

or decrease if they are not the same. When the fre-

quencies are the same the VCO is "locked" on fre-

quency.

One input signal to the phase detector in U401 is

the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz

TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter

to the channel spacing or 6.25 kHz.

The other input to the phase detector in U401 is

from the VCO frequency divided down by the "N"

counter and prescaler in synthesizer U401 to

6.25 kHz. The "N" counter is programmed through

the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U401 is pro-

grammed so that the phase detector input (fV) is identi-

cal to the reference frequency (fR) (6.25 kHz) when the

VCO is locked on the correct frequency.

The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,

and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter

programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by

programming the three counters in U401 to divide by

assigned numbers. The programming of these

counters is performed by circuitry in the Third Party

Interface Card (TPI), which is buffered and latched

through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into

the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port

U401, pin 19.

Data is loaded into U401 serially on the Data

input port U401, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift

registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on

the Clock input port U401, pin 18. The Clock pulses

come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18.

As previously stated, the counter divide numbers

are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the

correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase

detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-

derived input (fR) which is 6.25 kHz.

The fR input is produced by dividing the

17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This division is

done by the "R" counter in U401. The counter always

divides by 2800 regardless of the channel frequency.

This produces a reference frequency (fR) of

6.25 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency (receive fre-

quency plus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used,

the channel frequencies change in 6.25 kHz steps and

the reference frequency (fR) is 6.25 kHz for all fre-

quencies selected by this receiver.

The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO

frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U401.

The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number

of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters

in U401.

The N and A counters function as follows: both

the N and A counters begin counting down from their

programmed number. When the A counter reaches

zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both

counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A

counter is always programmed with a smaller number

than the N counter. While the A counter is counting

down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A

counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.

Example:

Assume a receive frequency of 150.025 MHz.

Since the VCO is 52.95 MHz above the receive fre-

quency it must be 202.975 MHz. To produce this fre-

quency, the N and A counters are programmed as fol-

lows:

N = 507 A = 28

NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A

counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.

To determine the overall divide number of the

prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output

pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse

can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides

by 65 for 65 x 28 or 1,820 input pulses. It then divides

by 64 for 64 x (507 - 28) or 30,656 input pulses. The

overall divide number K is therefore (30,656 + 1,820)

or 32,476. The VCO frequency of 202.975 MHz

divided by 80,476 equals 6.25 kHz which is the fR

input to the phase detector. The overall divide number

K can also be determined by the following formula:

K = 64N + A

Where,

N = N counter divide number and

A = A counter divide number.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.1.10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q401 and Q402

provides amplification and also isolation between the

TCXO and Synthesizer U401. A cascode amplifier is

used because it provides high reverse isolation. The

input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y401.

C405 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is

provided by R404, R406, R407, R408 and R409.

L401 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C403,

C401 and C407. The output of Q401/Q402 is coupled

to U401 by C432.

6.1.11 LOCK DETECT

When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the

Lock Detect output on U401, pin 2 is a logic high

voltage with very narrow negative-going pulses. Then

when the synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become

much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined

by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock

detect pulses are applied to J401, pin 14 and sent to

the RF Interface on J103, pin 14 for detection and

sampling in the IAC.

6.1.12 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER

The charge pump circuit charges and discharges

C450, C451 and C452 in the loop filter to provide the

21V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.13). Pulses

which control the charge pump are fed out of U401,

pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in

phase, these output signals are high except for a very

short period when both pulse low in phase. If the fre-

quency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher

than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV),

the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going

pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much

wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high.

If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR

(VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs.

Q406 and Q407 are drivers which make the 5V

levels and polarity of U401 phase detector outputs

compatible with the high voltage supply to Q408 and

Q409. Capacitors C444 and C446 momentarily

bypass R432 and R437 when negative-going pulses

occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q406 and

Q407 by minimizing the effect of the base charge.

When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4,

Q406 turns on which turns on Q408. Q408 sources

current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C450/

C451, thereby increasing the VCO control line volt-

age. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3,

Q407 turns on which turns on Q409. Q409 sinks cur-

rent to discharge the loop filter capacitors C450/C451

thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The

source current from Q408, when it is on, equals the

sink current from Q409, when it is on.

6.1.13 VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER

The 17.5 MHz from Y401 is amplified by Q401/

Q402 and passed to the reference input of synthesizer

U401, pin 20. This signal is also coupled from the

output of Q401/Q402 through C408 to amplifier

Q403. Biasing for Q403 is provided by R410, R411

and R412. The output of Q403 is direct coupled to

switching transistors Q404/Q405.

When Q405 is turned on and Q404 if off, C409 is

grounded on the side connected to the emitter of

Q405. This allows the other side of C409 to charge

from the 12V supply through R414, CR402 to C409.

When Q404 turns on and Q405 is off. C414 charges

up to approximately 12V plus the voltage that was

stored across C809 from the last cycle. The output

voltage is 21V due to voltage loss in the transistor and

diodes. C413 is an RF bypass and C414 charges to

21V to stabilize the voltage. The 21V output is fil-

tered by C415/L403/C416 to remove the 17.5 MHz

ripple. The 21V output is applied to the charge pump

Q408/Q409 and the VCO control line.

6.1.14 BUFFER AMPLIFIER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q131 and Q132

provides amplification and also isolation between the

VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is

used because it provides high reverse isolation. The

input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO

A401 by C131. C131 also provides DC blocking.

Bias for the amplifier is provided by R134, R133,

R138, R132, R131 and R136. L131 is an RF choke

and R135 sets the RF output impedance of the cas-

code. RF bypass is provided by C143, C142, C141,

C140, C139, C138, C133, C134, C135 and C136. The

output of Q131/Q132 is matched to the Receiver RF

stages by a section of microstrip, C144, signal pad

R139/R140/R141, C145, C146 and L133. C145 cou-

ples the signal to the input of the first injection

amplifier.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.1.15 FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AM-

PLIFIERS

U303 provides the +12V source for these ampli-

fiers. First injection amplifier Q133 is biased by

CR131, R143, R144, R145 and R146. C148, C151,

C149 and C150 provide RF bypass from the DC line.

L134 on the collector is an RF choke. Q133 is

matched to the 50 ohm signal pad R147, R148 and

R149 by lowpass filter C152/L135/C153, C154.

C155, L136, L156, L137, C157 and a section of

microstrip match Q134 to the 50 ohm signal pad.

Second injection amplifier/buffer Q134 is simi-

lar in design to Q133. The output of Q134 is matched

to 50 ohms by L134/C162/C163 and C164 provides

DC blocking. L140/L141 are tuned to the receive fre-

quency plus 52.95 MHz and passed to Mixer U101.

This injection frequency is also coupled through C165

to the injection test voltage circuit U102A. CR133,

R158, R159 provide DC input to U102A,

pin 3. The output of U102A, pin 1 is connected to

J201, pin 13 for a receive injection test point and to

the RF Interface Board on J103, pin 13.

6.2 EXCITER

6.2.1 VCO (A007)

The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is

formed by Q101, associated circuitry and High-Q

indicator L102. The VCO oscillates in a frequency

range from 132-178 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is pro-

vided by R102, R103 and R104. An AC voltage

divider formed by C107 and C108 initiates and main-

tains oscillation. C106 couples Q101 to the High-Q

inductor. RF choke L103 completes the DC bias path

to ground.

The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC

voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage

across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its

capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency

increases as the control voltage increases. The control

line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L101.

The amount of frequency change produced by D101 is

controlled by series capacitor C102.

The frequency is modulated in a similar manner.

The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varac-

tor diode D102 to vary the VCO frequency at an audio

rate. C104/C105 in series with D102 determine the

amount of modulation produced by the audio signal.

6.2.2 VCO BUFFER

Q102/Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer cir-

cuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109 and

R1212. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and

adjusted by C107 and fed into the buffer. An output

from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment

circuit consisting of C114/C119.

6.2.3 VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION

Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order

to achieve the required frequency response. If only

the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403

would sense the frequency change and increase or

decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the

change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the

closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the

TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not

track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the

closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However,

by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio

response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446

balance the modulating signals.

There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board;

one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the

VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the

TCXO.

The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is also on

buffer U407B, pin 5 to J401, pin 9 and RFIB connec-

tor J102, pin 9. The voltage leaves the RFIB on J101,

pin 14 to J2, pin 27 on the backplane, to the bottom

connectors via pin 7 and finally to the MAC on P100,

pin 7.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the

3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D

on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing

amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D

to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected

to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector

J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modula-

tion and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin

13 and are routed to U402B, pin 6. R425 sets the

TCXO modulation level. The modulation signal and

the 3.5V DC are applied to U402A, pin 2.

6.2.4 SYNTHESIZER

The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Fig-

ure 6-5. The synthesizer output signal is the transmit

frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (volt-

age-controller oscillator) that is frequency controlled

by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip U403.

This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter made up of

C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO circuitry.

Frequencies are selected by programming

counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This

programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19

and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is

established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401.

This oscillator is stable from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to

+140°F).

The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a

DC voltage produced by the phase detector in U403.

The phase detector senses the phase and frequency of

the two input signals and causes the VCO control volt-

age to increase or decrease if they are not the same.

When the frequencies are the same, the VCO is then

"locked" on frequency.

The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N,

and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter

programming circuitry.

One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is

the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the

17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference

counter to the frequency step or 6.25 kHz. The other

input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the

"N" counter in U403. The counters are programmed

through the synthesizer data line on J401, pin 20.

Each channel is programmed by a divide number so

that the phase detector input is identical to the refer-

ence frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on the

correct frequency.

Figure 6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM

BUFFER

SYNTHESIZER

DATA

CLK BUFFER

VCO

CHARGE PUMP

BUFFER

SYN CS EX

SYN LK EX

U403

Q406/Q407

U404B

BUFFER

Q410/Q411 Q413

AMP

Q405

Q403/Q404

BUFFER

Y401

TCXO

U404A

U402AU402B

EX MOD

LPTT

SWITCH

TO PAA007

AMP

U407B

V REF EX

PD OUT

RF IN

REF IN

Q414/Q415V

RQ416/Q417

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Frequencies are selected by programming the

three counters in U403 to divide by assigned numbers.

The programming of these counters is performed by

circuitry in the Third Party Interface (TPI), buffered

and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC)

and fed into the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data

input port U403, pin 19.

Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data

input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low.

Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time

by a low to high transition on the Clock input port

U403, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC

via the IAC to J401, pin 19.

As previously stated, the counter divide numbers

are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the

correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase

detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXO-

derived input (fR). The fR input is produced by divid-

ing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This

produces a reference frequency (fR) of 6.25 kHz.

Since the VCO is on frequency and no multiplication

is used, the frequencies are changed in 6.25 kHz steps.

The reference frequency is 6.25 kHz for all frequen-

cies selected by this Exciter.

The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO

frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403.

The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number

of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters

in U403. The N and A counters function as follows:

Both the N and A counters begin counting down

from their programmed number. When the A counter

reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero.

Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A

counter is always programmed with a smaller number

than the N counter. While the A counter is counting

down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A

counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64.

Example: To illustrate the operation of these

counters, assume a transmit frequency of 150.250

MHz. Since the VCO is the channel frequency for

transmit this frequency is used. To produce this fre-

quency, the N and A counters are programmed as fol-

lows:

N = 375 A = 40

To determine the overall divide number of the

prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output

pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse

can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides

by 65 for 65 x 40 or 2,600 input pulses. It then

divides by 64 for 64 x (375 - 40) or 21,440 input

pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore

(21,440 + 2,600) or 24,040. The VCO frequency of

150.250 MHz divided by 24,040 equals 6.25 kHz

which is the fR input to the phase detector. The overall

divide number K can also be determined by the fol-

lowing formula:

K = 64N + A

Where,

N = N counter divide number and

A = A counter divide number.

NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A

counter numbers can be calculated for other channels.

6.2.5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404

provides amplification and isolation between the

TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is

used because it provides high gain, high reverse isola-

tion and consumes only a small amount of power. The

input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO

Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC block-

ing. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431,

R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke. RF

bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The

output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by

C417.

6.2.6 BUFFER AMPLIFIER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407

provides amplification and also isolation between the

VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is

used because it provides high gain, high isolation and

consumes only a small amount of power. The input

signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007,

pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking.

Bias for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451,

R453, R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF

bypass is provided by C430, C431 and C479. The

output of Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a

non-polarized capacitor formed by C429/C499.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-11 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.2.7 LOCK DETECT

When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the

Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage

with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthe-

sizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much

wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the

frequency difference of fV/fR.

The locked or unlocked condition of the synthe-

sizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin

16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for

detection.

6.2.8 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER

The charge pump circuit charges and discharges

C519, C520 and C521 in the loop filter to provide the

12V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.12). Pulses

which control the charge pump are fed out of U403,

pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in

phase, these output signals are high except for a very

short period when both pulse low in phase. If the fre-

quency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher

than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV),

the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going

pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much

wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high.

If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR

(VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs.

Q414 and Q415 are drivers which make the 5V

levels and polarity of U403 phase detector outputs

compatible with the high voltage supply to Q416 and

Q417. Capacitors C523 and C517 momentarily

bypass R494 and R498 when negative-going pulses

occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q414 and

Q415 by minimizing the effect of the base charge.

When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4,

Q414 turns on which turns on Q416. Q416 sources

current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C519/

C520, thereby increasing the VCO control line volt-

age. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3,

Q415 turns on which turns on Q417. Q417 sinks cur-

rent to discharge the loop filter capacitors C519/C520

thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The

source current from Q416, when it is on, equals the

sink current from Q417, when it is on.

6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER

A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 pro-

vides amplification and also isolation between the

VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is

used because it provides high gain, high isolation and

consumes only a small amount of power. The input

signal to this amplifier is tapped from VCO A007, pin

4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias for

the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466, R467

and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R483 lowers the

Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434, C442,

C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of Q410/

Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by a section

of microstrip, C446, signal pad R459/R460/R461,

C498, C450 and L408.

6.2.10 RF AMPLIFIERS

RF amplifier Q413 is biased by CR403, R477,

R478, R479 and R480. C508 provides RF bypass

from the DC line and R479/R480 provide supply volt-

age isolation. L 411 is an RF choke to the supply line.

Q413 is matched to 50 ohms by low pass filter C509/

L412/C510 and C465 provides DC blocking. The RF

output of the Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to

the Power Amplifier.

6.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER

6.3.1 AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER

RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a

coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples

the RF to signal pad R501/R502/R503 that connects

the input to 0.3W pre-driver Q501. R504, R505 and

R506 provide DC bias to the gate of Q501. C506,

C507 and C508 provide RF bypass from the DC sup-

ply line. L503 is an RF choke. C510 and C522 provide

RF bypass. C511/L504/C512/C513 match Q501 out-

put impedance to U501 input impedance. U502 pro-

vides Q501 with DC voltage regulated at 8V.

6.3.2 DRIVER

U501 is a 12W amplifier operating in the 132-

178 MHz range. The RF is applied to the input of the

splitter and to the finals.

Power control is connected to WO505 from the

RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the

control voltage line by various capacitors to U501,

pin 2. This control voltage regulates the RF output of

the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approximately 10W.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-12

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.3.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS

Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers. The

10W RF input from the driver U501 is applied to a 70.7

ohm Wilkinson splitter and then to the gate of each

MOSFET amplifier. The 60W outputs on the drain of

the amplifiers are combined using a Wilkinson combin-

er. Q502 has a half-wave transmissionline on the input

and Q503 has a half-wave on the output. These T-lines

are used to drive the 60W amplifiers out of phase. The

output of the combiner is fed from WO513 directly to

the forward/reverse power detect board.

The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the

capability to split the drive input and combine the

final outputs while maintaining isolation between the

two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two

quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resis-

tor. During normal operation, a signal of relatively

equal phase and amplitude is present on both ends of

the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and

no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one

final failed, the other final of a pair would continue to

function.

6.3.4 POWER DETECTORS

The supply current is monitored through a resis-

tor that creates a current output level indicative of the

power output. The outputs of U503, U504 and U505

are monitored by the Universal Station software

through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier

fails, the software will reduce the output power to pre-

vent over-driving the remaining final amplifier.

6.3.5 THERMAL SENSOR

Thermal protection is provided by temperature

sensor U507. The operating range of the sensor is

from -30° C to 100° C (-22° F to 212° F). Amplifier

U506A sends the output of U507 through WO509 to

the RF Interface Board. The RF Interface Board

reduces the power amplifier to half power (via the

MPC) if the temperature reading is too high and turns

the fan on and off (not via the MPC). The fan is

turned on at approximately 50°C and off again at

42°C.

6.3.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT,

CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER

The power amplifier output is directly coupled to

the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper.

The output then enters the circulator and exits to the

low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a mini-

mum power output of 110W at the default setting. If

an antenna is not connected, the circulator connects

the output power to R685.

Forward and reverse power are electromagneti-

cally coupled from the input and reflected ports of the

circulator. R663/R680 calibrate the forward and

reverse sense levels. The sensed levels are coupled to

the RF Interface Board and software.

Figure 6-6 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM

POWER CONTROL

DRIVER CURRENT

FINAL 1 CURRENT

FINAL 2 CURRENT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Q501

PRE-DRIVER

U501

DRIVER

RF IN

U503

Q502

FINAL 1

FINAL 2

Q503

U504

AMP TEMP SENSE

U507U506A

U502

U509

U601A/B

FORWARD

POWER

U651A/B

REVERSE

(REFLECTED)

POWER

LPF RF OUTPUT

RF LOAD

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-13 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.4 RF INTERFACE BOARD

The RF Interface Board (RFIB) connects the

Receiver, Exciter and Power Amplifier to the back-

plane and power supply (see Figure 6-7).

The input and output connectors for the RF Inter-

face Board are defined as follows.

6.4.1 POWER CONNECTOR

The power supply is connected to the RF Inter-

face Board when the RF module is inserted into the

station cabinet (see Figure 10-2). The jack portion of

the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug

portion is attached to the station cabinet.

P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA.

+26V ±1%, 20A at 110W.

P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver

and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max.

P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF as-

sembly.

6.4.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101)

This is the signal interface connector (36 pin) that

connects the RFIB to the backplane connector J2 (34

pin) through cable assembly A8.

Pin 1 GROUND

Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF

Interface board and Backplane board.

Pin 2 PC STR

Pin 2 is the power Control Strobe. This is nor-

mally low until after the power control data is shifted

into the power control register. Then the strobe line

goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines

cannot be changed until after the strobe is set.

Pin 3 HS CS EX

Pin 3 is not used at this time.

Pin 4 GROUND

Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF

Interface board and Backplane board.

Pins 5-6 UNUSED

Pin 7 RX WBAND

The wide band audio is from the receive audio

demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Con-

troller card cage. The typical amplitude is

387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard

TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. Little wave

shaping is done on the receiver board other than a

31 kHz RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF.

Buffering is done with an op-amp.

Pin 8 RF DATA A

Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit

(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.

This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-

ing a logic high for activation.

Pin 9 RF DATA C

Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit

(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.

This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-

ing a logic high for activation.

Pin 10 RF MUX2 INH

The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a

logic high.

Pin 11 RF CLK

The clock will control the synthesizer chip and

power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL

input from the Controller.

Pin 12 HS CS RX

Pin 12 is not used at this time.

Pin 13 RF MUX1 INH

The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a

logic high.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-14

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 14 V REF EX

This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO.

3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to

this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes

through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101,

pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to

J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter.

Pins 15-18 UNUSED

Pin 19 RF MUX3 INH

The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a

logic high.

Pin 20 LPTT

The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector

from the Controller. It has a sink capability of

20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The

transmitter should produce power when this pin is a

logic low.

Pin 21 SYN CS EX

This input goes low to enable the loading of data

into the exciter synthesizer chip U403.

Pin 22 TX MOD

The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-

cesses a number of inputs to the station to produce the

signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB

and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave

(2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation

in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and

the input impedance is less than 10k ohms.

Pin 23 GROUND

Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB

and Chassis Backplane.

Pin 24 UNUSED

Pin 25 LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS

Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor.

Pin 26 RF DATA B

The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle signifi-

cant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the

RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller

requiring a logic high for activation.

Pin 27 A D LEVEL

20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-

pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin

using three multiplex chips.

•RF Forward Power Sense

•RF Power Sense Device 1

•RF Power Sense Device 2

•RF Power Sense Device 3

•RF Power Sense Device 4

•RF Reflected Power Sense

•PA Temperature

•Transmit Audio Modulation

•High Stability Exciter Lock Detector

•Exciter Lock Detector

•Receiver Detector Audio

•Receive Signal Strength Indicator

•Receiver Injection Level

•High Stability Receive Lock Detector

•Receiver Lock Detector

•Fan Current 1

•Fan Current 2

•Fan 1 On Sense

•Power Supply Temp

•Battery Voltage

Pin 28 RF DATA

A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller

which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer

chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for

proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and

a shift-register could be connected to this pin.

Pin 29 SYN CS RX

This input goes low to enable the loading of data

into the receiver synthesizer chip U401.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-15 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 30 RSSI

This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication

to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the

Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The

dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an op-

amp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The

level has an adjustment in the Receiver.

Pin 31 GROUND

Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB

and Chassis Backplane.

Pins 32-36 UNUSED

6.4.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104)

The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plug-

in terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the

fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are

located on the back of the RFIB.

Pin 1 FAN 1 LOW

Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1.

Pin 2 FAN HI

Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is

1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when

the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low

below 45°C.

Pin 3 FAN2 LO

Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2.

Pin 4 FAN HI

Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2. The Voltage is

20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4 goes high when the

PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low below

45°C.

6.4.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS

WO 115 POWER SENSE

This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to

the Power Detect Board.

WO 116 +26.5V DC

This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC

and carries the PA current, 25A nominal at 110W from

P102 to the Power Amplifier board.

WO 117 +26.5V DC GROUND

This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground

current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It

must be capable of carrying up to 25A.

W118 +15V DC

This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V

DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse

Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is

6A (4A nominal at 110W).

WO 119 NOT USED

WO 120 CTRL OUT

This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the output

of the power control driver on the RFIB to the power

control pin of the power module on the Power Ampli-

fier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V with cur-

rent as high as 0.5A.

WO 121 FWD PWR

This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward

power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a func-

tion of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The

voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k

ohm load. A typical voltage of 3V correlates to 110W

out of the PA. This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

WO 122 RF OUT 1

This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage

source that is a function of the output power of U501.

The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drives a

10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-16

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

WO 123 RF OUT 2

This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage

source that is a function of the output power of Q501.

The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a

10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

WO 124 RF OUT 3

This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage

source that is a function of the output power of Q502.

The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a

10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

WO 125 RF OUT 4

This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage

source that is a function of the output power of Q503.

The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a

10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

WO 126 REFL PWR

This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected

power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the

power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage pro-

duced will typically be such that less than a 3:1 VSWR

will not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1 the con-

troller will reduce power. The voltage level will be

between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line

goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to

the Controller for processing. The time to sense and

reduce the power takes several

seconds.

WO 127 TEMP

This capacitive feedthrough pin is the tempera-

ture sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a lin-

early variable function of temperature ranging from

0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)

input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary

functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power

reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and

off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when

90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at

95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers

and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing.

WO147 RF DETECT DRIVER

This senses power out of the driver. It is used to

limit the power out of the driver to 0.4 dB over 110W

at room temperature.

WO143 +26V DC

This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from

P101.

WO144 +15V DC

This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from

P103.

WO145 GROUND

W145 carries ground current from P104 to the

RFIB.

6.4.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102)

The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF

Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in

the Controller Backplane.

Pin 1 VCC1

The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%,

nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the

Exciter from the RFIB.

Pins 2-8 GROUND

Pin 9 +3.5V DC

Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage

from the Exciter to the MAC.

Pin 10 GROUND

Pin 11 LPTT

The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open col-

lector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of

20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maximum.

The transmitter should produce power when this pin is

a logic low.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-17 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 12 SYN CS EX

Pin 12 is the Exciter synthesizer chip select. It

allows data input to the synthesizer chip when the line

is pulled to a logic low.

Pin 13 TX MOD

The audio from the MAC in the Controller pro-

cesses a number of inputs to the station per the TIA

specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This

signal goes through the RFIB to the Exciter. A 707

mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides 60%

of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC volt-

age on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source impedance

should be low (output of an op-amp or analog switch

< 200 ohms) and the input impedance will not be less

than 10k ohms.

Pins 14-15 GROUND

These pins carry ground current between the

RFIB and the Exciter board.

Pin 16 SYN LK EX

Pin 16 is the Exciter synthesizer lock detector

output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic

high state.

Pin 17 HS LK EX

Pin 17 is not used at this time.

Pin 18 HS CS EX

This input is not used at this time.

Pin 19 RF CLK

The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when

loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL

with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip.

There could be as many as four synthesizers and a

shift register.

Pin 20 RF DATA

Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has

the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and

adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-

put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-

thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected

to this pin.

6.4.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103)

The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the

RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the

MPC in the Controller Backplane.

Pin 1 VCC1

Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current

of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver.

Pins 2-6 UNUSED

Pin 7 RSSI

This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator

(RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tune-

up of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The

dynamic range is 60 dB. Output is from an op-amp

with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level

has an adjustment in the Receiver (see Section 6.1.4 or

6.1.5).

Pin 8 UNUSED

Pin 9 RX WBAND

The receive wide band audio is from the demodu-

lator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the

Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387

mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA

Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shap-

ing is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz

RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is

done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load.

Pin 10 UNUSED

Pin 11 GROUND

Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB

and the Receiver board.

Pin 12 SYN CS RX

Pin 12 is the Receiver synthesizer chip select.

This chip is the same part as used in the Exciter. A

low enables loading the Synthesizer.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-18

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 13 RX INJ

This pin is the power sense for the Receiver

injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a func-

tion of the injection power. The voltage level will be

between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load.

Pin 14 SYN LK RX

Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector out-

put for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a

TTL logic high state.

Pin 15 GROUND

Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB

and the Receiver board.

Pin 16 HS CS RX

Pin 16 is not used at this time.

Pin 17 GROUND

Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB

and the Receiver board.

Pin 18 RF CLK

The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers

when loading. The input source in the Controller is

TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer

chip.

Pin 19 HS LK RX

Pin 19 is not used at this time.

Pin 20 RF DATA

Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has

the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and

adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out-

put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four syn-

thesizer chips and a shift register could be connected

to this pin.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-19 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM

VREF EXWO135

P102

P101

P105

P104

P103

PWR CNTRL

U101

Q102-Q105

U102B

Q101

U109A

U109B

U109D

U110E

U110F

U108A

Q106Q107

FAN 2 LOW

FAN HIGH

FAN 1 LOW

FAN HIGH

U107B

FAN 2 BUFFER

U107A

FAN 1 BUFFER

J104

U110A

U110B

WO103

VREF EX

CLK

SER

2STR U103

U104

U105

U106

MUX 2

MUX 1

MUX 3

5V REGULATOR

COMPARATOR

MUX/RES FORWARD

POWER

Y0Z

ADJUST

POWER

RF POWER CONTROL

HS CS RX

RF CLK

RF DATA

RSSI

HS LK RX

RX INJ

RF DATA

RF CLK

HS LK EX

TX MOD

HS CS EX

LPTT

TEMPERATURE

REFLECTED POWER

FINAL 4 POWER

FINAL 3 POWER

FINAL 2 POWER

FINAL 1 POWER

FORWARD POWER

HS CS RX

RF CLK

RF DATA

RSSI

RF MUX2 INH

RF MUX1 INH

RF DATA C

RF DATA A

RF DATA B

TX MOD

HS CS EX

STN CS EX

LPTT

RF MUX3 INH

+26V

+15V

EXCITER

RECEIVER

+15V +5V

PC STR

RX WB AUDIO

A D LEVEL

SYN CS RX

RX WBAND

SYN CS RX

SYN LK RX

SYN LK EX

SYN CS EX

U112D

U112A

U112B

U112C

U102A

Q108 Q111B

RF DET (PRE-DRIVER)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-20

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.5 800W POWER SUPPLY

WARNING

This power supply contains voltage potentials greater

than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and

the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is

strongly recommended the power supply be returned

to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.7).

6.5.1 FILTER BOARD

AC power is brought into the power supply

through the IEC connector in the front of the power

supply (see Figure 2-8). This connector is attached to

the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The

filter contains common mode and differential mode

filtering such that the supply complies with FCC

Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter compo-

nents (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to dis-

charge the filter capacitors when AC is removed.

Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed

across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter

that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage

to the power supply. The AC power is fused with

F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace

fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse.

At the output of the filter board is a bridge recti-

fier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket

through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC

power is connected to the main board via wires W001

and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to

the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety

ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in

the chassis through W002.

6.5.2 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION

The power factor switching frequency is set at

87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost

converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110,

C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correc-

tion. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coeffi-

cient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/

C111. The resistor network connected to CR104

charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This pro-

vides the bias voltage required to start the controller

IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being

switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 pro-

vides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first

connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107

to charge to +14V before the unit starts.

U102 samples the input voltage through R105/

R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/

CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage

through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty

cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is

shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The

controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to

keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep

input current correct. Compensation for the current

error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Com-

pensation for the voltage error amp is provided by

C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and

associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power

Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V

AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power

factor.

NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section

is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After

turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to dis-

charge.

6.5.3 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR

The +26.5V output is created from a two-transis-

tor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V

output of the power factor correction on C110/C111

for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102)

drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly

twice the power factor correction frequency and uses

trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator

uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme

that reduces ripple current in C110/C111.

The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a

level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139,

C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each

MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward

converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117,

CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOS-

FET has a gate turnoff network.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-21 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM

DC IN RT101, RT102

L107

U102

T103

T104

Q108

Q101

T105

RAMP

PFC

I SENSE LADDER

RESISTOR

U108

VDC U109

VCC

T106PWM OUT Q115, Q116

Q117, Q118

T106 L101

SYNC

+26.5V DC

EXT IN

T101

AC IN CR101, CR102

CR110, CR111

AC SENSE

Q105, Q106

Q103

U110C

Q114

TO REMOTE EN

ON/OFF SENSE

BATT BACK-UP

U115

SHUTDOWN

U105

+5V TO U104

U106 U101 U110A Q120, Q121U110D FAN

TEMP OUT

U104A/B

Q110, Q111, Q112

+15V DC

U112 Q127

Q128

VREF

RAMP/ISD

OUT

Q122, Q123

Q124, Q125

T108

L102 U116, Q126

U119

+15V DC OUT

RAMP/ISD

OUT

+5V DC OUT

U117, Q133

U120

L104

T109

Q129, Q130

Q131, Q132

U113

EA OUT/INV

U114

VCC OUT U118, Q138

U122

-5V DC OUT

IAC

Q107

CURRENT MODE

BOOST CONVERTER

CURRENT SENSE

VOLTAGE SENSE

Q104

U107

LEVEL SHIFTING

GATE DRIVE 2-TRANSISTOR

FWD CONVERTER

THERMAL

ISOLATION

HI/LO VOLTAGE

U111

+15V

+26.5V

BUCK CONVERTER

CONTROLLER

SAWTOOTH BUFFER

L103

OVER VOLTAGE

UNDER VOLTAGE

BUCK CONVERTER

BUCK BOOST CONVERTER

CONTROLLER

FAN CONTROLLER

AMPSENSOR

TEMP

+5V REGULATOR

+5V REG

+6 to +18V

BRIDGE RECTIFIER

PROTECTION

SHUTDOWN

OVERVOLTAGE

BUFFER/

HYSTERESIS

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-22

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118

are on for approximately one-third of the period pro-

viding current to the primary side of T107. During

that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging

L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the mag-

netizing current of T107 continues to flow through

CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the

transformer in opposite polarity that resets the trans-

former core. During the off period CR128 is free

wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107

provides the isolation between the low voltage and

high voltage sections.

The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak cur-

rent mode controlled. This type of converter requires

current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146

and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The volt-

age sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry

on the isolated side of the supply.

An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary

from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an

over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated

components turn the power supply off. This shutdown

mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable

line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power

supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to

the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000-

830). The +26.5V is available at the high current out-

put connector to the power supply and it also powers

the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102.

6.5.4 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS

The +15V and +5V sections run at the same fre-

quency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order

for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is

used. If two converters are not synchronized, the dif-

ference frequency may show up at an undesired loca-

tion in the repeater.

Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the

main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118

turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138,

R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow

pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112 level

shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow pulse is

presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V and +5V

converters, the cycle terminates and a new one starts.

This forces the +15V and +5V converters to run at the

same frequency and is slightly delayed from the

+26.5V converter.

6.5.5 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN

The voltage supply to the thermal measurement

circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the

associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101,

CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor

C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the

AC voltage is at 120V AC.

NOTE: This DC voltage is dependant on the input AC

voltage.

U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for

proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A

precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the

+26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is

10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is

amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/

R184 setting the gain.

The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the

computer interface via WO116 to monitor power sup-

ply temperature with the programmer. The output of

U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shut-

down circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and

R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C

(198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and sat-

urates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned

off and the power supply turns off. The remote volt-

age is always present so when the heatsink tempera-

ture drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts.

The high temperature condition would only exist if the

fan was blocked or faulty.

The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the

fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors

provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors

Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level

shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heat-

sink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns off

again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C). In

normal operation the fan turns on and off.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-23 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.5.6 +15V CONVERTER

The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC con-

verter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102.

The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is

provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck

converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode

CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166,

C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage

and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency

(160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the

feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%.

The +15V buck converter is peak current mode

controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while

MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is trans-

lated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210.

Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a

charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above

the input voltage. The charge pump operates as fol-

lows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low,

capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198,

R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin

14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124

is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward

biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage

of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off.

When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rap-

idly discharges the gate capacitance.

Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide

snubbing for Schottky diode CR126.

Because the +15V converter operates at greater

than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required.

Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter

and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A

sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that

is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider net-

work of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the cor-

rect amount of compensation for stable operation and

current limiting.

The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216

and R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error

amplifier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1.

Voltage loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and

R221.

Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via

C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the

15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about

10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty

cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the con-

verter.

Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference

and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the out-

put. Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator

U119 is activated to shutdown the power supply. The

enable line must be toggled or AC voltage removed

for 10 seconds to reset the power supply.

6.5.7 +5V CONVERTER

Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter

is the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is

not required. Some values are different to get the

5.2V DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is

approximately 20%.

6.5.8 -5V CONVERTER

The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and

inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at

approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and con-

troller are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105

is the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close

the voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum sta-

ble transient response. C208/C209 reduce output rip-

ple. Under-voltage protection is required on this stage

and works the same as the over-voltage protection of

the +15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite

polarity.

6.5.9 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGN-

MENT

If a power supply fails it is typically a Power

MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOS-

FET gate may short and cause some of the driver cir-

cuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk com-

ponents it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal

interface material at the same time. The mounting

hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the fac-

tory. The mounting screws for the power semiconduc-

tors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque

and over torque can shorten the life of the semicon-

ductor.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-24

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

The majority of the voltage and current limits are

set with fixed value components in the power supply.

However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are

adjustable. When certain components are replaced,

the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be

set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode).

1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when

any of the following components are replaced:

R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143,

R170 or R171.

2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when

any of the following components are replaced:

R215, R216, R217 or U112.

3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when

any of the following components are replaced:

R253, R254, R255 or U113.

6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE

6.6.1 OPERATION

When a battery back-up module is installed in a

power supply it performs the function of running a

repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is

present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid bat-

teries in series. The charger is a temperature compen-

sated constant voltage charger. The maximum output

current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works

when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The

charger switch on the battery back-up module must be

"On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor

is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable

assembly.

When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000-

800 power supply the battery input takes over if the

voltage is within range. The input voltage to the bat-

tery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the

other voltages in the power supply also are present,

+15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery

back-up module disengages automatically. The

change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may

cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery con-

dition and load status.

NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must

be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and

ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately

0.25V P-P.

6.6.2 CHARGER

The charger charges the batteries when the

repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of

the main transformer of the power supply through

wire W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what

supply the charger with the necessary voltage to

charge the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is

biased by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101,

C105 and C119. Since the tap from the power supply

is not a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/

R137 dissipate some power when the batteries are

fully charged. No load situation, the peak voltage of

the tap is approximately 63V, is not impressed across

the 50V capacitors C105/C119. During a battery

charging condition the line voltage to the charger on

U107, pin 2 should be about 35V.

While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is

varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries,

the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically.

Figure 6-9 shows the algorithm used in float charge

applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series.

Figure 6-9 shows that the charge voltage should be

27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C

temperature compensation.

An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is

used to create the temperature compensated charge

voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of

continuous current to the batteries.

To create a temperature compensated voltage an

op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a

temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of

023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines

the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-9. The output

of the temperature compensation is attached to the

adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output volt-

age to be set properly at a given ambient tempera-

ture. F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent ther-

mal run away in the event of U107 failure. If the

output current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse

opens. Once the current drops below 100 mA, the

fuse closes automatically.

NOTE: If any of the charging components are re-

placed, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output

(battery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V

±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F).

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-25 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs.

TEMPERATURE

6.6.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION

To obtain reverse battery protection a number of

techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are

arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the

output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the

event the batteries are connected backwards. This cir-

cuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger

off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of

another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105

which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting

diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the bat-

tery back-up module when looking at the front of the

power supply that tells the user the charger is in charge

mode and is marked "On".

To notify the user that the batteries are connected

improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series

across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights

when the batteries are connected backwards and is

located on the left hand side of the battery back-up

module when looking at the front of the power sup-

ply. This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113

eliminates a path for the reverse battery current

through the relay and over/under voltage protection

circuitry.

NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up ter-

minals with the power supply on will destroy Q105.

6.6.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY

The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Mod-

ule (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC

line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid

batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC

source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater

to operate. To perform this function a voltage compar-

ator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap coming

from the power supply.

A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the com-

parator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is

smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121

and R122. The values for these components were cal-

culated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to

70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/

Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The

relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery

energy to the power supply via W102 with the return

line being W103.

NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and

the charger automatically begins to charge the batter-

ies.

6.6.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN

U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the

overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If

the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that

the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the

output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off.

By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of

the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into

the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This

operation is in place to protect the repeater and the bat-

teries. In the event the batteries are over charged, or

the repeater is driven by the generator that has the

voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above

30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the

repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC.

In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation,

whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105)

lights until the problem is rectified. This light is

located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up

module when looking at the front of the power supply

and is marked BAT-BAD.

30V

27.3V

25.2V

24V

-30° 0° +30°+60°Temp (°C)

Charger Voltage

-55mV/°C

+22°

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-26

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.6.6 BBM FAN CONTROL

The voltage supply to the thermal measurement

circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM.

A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on

the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket

which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this

sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This volt-

age is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154

setting the gain.

The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to

another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The

output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink tempera-

ture reaches 45°C and will go low when the tempera-

ture goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the power

supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off.

6.7 CARD RACK

The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic

cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main

Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card

(IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommo-

date a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be

plugged into this slot.

On the back of the card rack is the Backplane

with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the

RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector

Board.

Refer to the component layout and schematic dia-

gram in Section 10 for more information on the

repeater backplane.

Figure 6-10 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-27 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.8 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD

The external connector board (A10) is the

interface for the alarm outputs, connecting

repeaters through the high speed data bus.

Figure 6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD

DATA1DATA2

ALARM INALARM OUT

ALARMS

I/0 13

TLA -

TLA +

HSDB+

HSDB-

IRDB+

IRDB-

654321

DATA BUS

HIGH SPEED

BOARD

CONNECTOR

EXTERNAL

A10

TO CARD RACK

P10

ALARMS

TO CARD RACK

REPEATER I/O

TO CARD RACK

P11

RXA-

RING

TXA- RXA+

TXA+

TIP

TIP 1

RING 1

RXS-RXS+

TXS-

TXS+

EXT MOD

VOT AUD

VDAT IN

2 IN -

1 IN -

AC FAIL

GROUND

+15V ACC

RSSI

1 OUT -

2 OUT -

2 OUT +

1 OUT +

2 IN +

1 IN +

EXTREQ1

IAC 41

EXTOUT1

COM 49

COM 50

TXD IN

RX VOICE

TX VOICE

RX WBAND

COMM 6

SQ EN

EXTREQ2

COM 17

SYNC IN

TXD OUT

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-28

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.9 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD

6.9.1 INTRODUCTION

The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the

computer with repeater software to program the

repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, handles

communication between repeaters, maintains the

audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization

requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data

for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID.

Control functions for each repeater are performed

by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in each

repeater. The MPC contains the main software and

control over the repeater via microprocessor U27 (see

Figure 6-17).

Information is exchanged between repeaters via a

High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all

the MPCs. This control technique is called distribu-

tive processing and it eliminates the need for a sepa-

rate system controller at each site. The HSDB proces-

sor (U13) on the MPC provides these control

functions. The MPC also contains:

Figure 6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM

PROGRAMMABLE

DMA

CONTROLLER

SERIAL

COMMUNICATION

INTERFACE

GENERATOR

BAUD RATE

PROGRAMMABLE

INTERRUPT

CONTROLLER

CLOCK

TIME BASE CONTROLLER PORT PORT WITH

COMPARATOR

P2-0

P2-1

P2-2

P2-3

P2-4

P2-5

TxD0

RxD0

P1-6

CTS0

TxD1

RxD1

CTS1

P1-0

P1-1

P1-2

P1-3

P1-4

16-BIT TIMER

P1-5 REFRQ P0-7

P0 P1 P2 PT0-PT7

VTH

etc.

PSW

ALU

INT RAM

256 BYTES

MACRO

SERVICE

CHANNEL

INSTRUCTION DECODER

MICRO SEQUENCER

MICRO ROM

QUEUE

INT ROM

P1-4

IOSTB

R/W

MREQ

MSTB

P1-7

P2-7

P2-6

RESET

BUS CONTROL LOGIC

D7-D0

INC

PFP

STAGING

LATCH

STAGING

LATCH ADM A19-A0

16K BYTES

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-29 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

•Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM.

•I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data

latches for Input/Output.

•Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the

Controller Backplane.

•Clock line, data line and chip select line from the

IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers.

•Serial communication circuitry and processes for

the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB).

•Asynchronous parallel communication to the other

cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry.

•AC Power Failure indication from the IAC.

•Provides an output from the IAC to the power

amplifier to control the output power.

•Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT).

•Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock,

thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR

level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal

level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and

Exciter from the IAC.

6.9.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCES-

SOR

U27 contains the main software and control over

the repeater (see Figure 6-12).

The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large

Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer

with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has

software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088),

faster memory access, superior interrupt processing

ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals.

This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip com-

ponents including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and paral-

lel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers.

Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal

RAM below an additional 256-byte special function

peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are

together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1M-

byte address space. This maintains compatibility with

existing system memory maps.

The two microprocessors and USART (U22) are

reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when

power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a

threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active.

When a microprocessor is reset, several internal

registers are cleared and the program is started over

from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents

improper operation resulting from low-voltage

conditions.

When power is turned on, the RESET output

U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET

output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V supply

stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states for

approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs.

This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected

to U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal

level, the RESET outputs change states and micropro-

cessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply

returns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the

5V supply from causing reset.

Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing

push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low,

U17 goes into the reset sequence described.

6.9.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCES-

SOR (U13)

The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC pro-

vides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data

on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when

necessary. Information on this bus indicates which

repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using

the system. This information is used by the repeater to

encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitor-

ing that channel. These messages also include infor-

mation on which repeater is free and current system

priority.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-30

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external

EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Mem-

ory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The

microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8

RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used

for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is

configured by the Main Processor.

The internal data bus of the microprocessor has

four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines

each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines. These

ports are designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a

data bus. Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general

purpose inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized

functions, i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt

(INT).

The operating speed of the microprocessor is set

by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock

frequency is divided down by an internal divider to

provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most pro-

gram instructions are executed in one machine cycle

and none require more than four machine cycles.

The microprocessor U13 communicates with the

main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a

Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a

Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asyn-

chronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main

Processor.

Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current

system priority for the channel. This priority is from

the programming software responses and the current

priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads

repeater number and channel number information in

memory. U13 also determines the current free

repeater and includes that information in the data sent

to the Main Processor.

6.9.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4)

Chip select decoders select the peripheral chip to

read from or write to.

6.9.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR

This is the signal interface connector P1 (64 pin)

that connects the Address and Data buses and control

lines to the backplane connector.

Pins 1-10 ADDRESS BUS

Pins 33-42

This provides a path between the MPC main pro-

cessor and the external memory on the MPC and the

other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves infor-

mation programmed into memory for the operation of

the repeater.

Pins 11-14 DATA BUS

Pins 43-46

The data bus provides a means of transferring

data to and from the CPU on the MPC, memory stor-

age on each card and peripheral devices in and out of

the MAC and IAC.

Pin 15 MREQ

MREQ is a memory request line operates in con-

junction with the Read/Write lines. These provide the

ability to read from or write to the main processor

memory on the MPC.

Pin 16 MSTB

MSTB is a memory strobe line used during MPC

main processor Read/Write operations to external

memory on the MPC and other cards plugged into the

backplane.

Pins 17-20 UNUSED

Pin 21 LPTT

The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector

from the Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA

and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The transmit-

ter should produce power when this pin is a logic low.

Transmit indicator is on the IAC and is controlled

independently of the LPTT.

Pins 22-23 UNUSED

Pins 24/56 HSDB+/HSDB-

This interconnects all repeaters to provide an

exchange of information. This control technique is

called distributive processing and eliminates a sepa-

rate system controller at each site. Information on this

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-31 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

bus indicates which repeaters are in use and also

which mobiles are using the system. This information

is used by the repeater to encode data messages to the

mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These mes-

sages also include information on which repeater is

free and current system priority.

Pins 25-26 UNUSED

Pins 27/59 -5V IN

This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power

supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 28-29 +5V IN

Pins 60-61

This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power

supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 30/62 +15V IN

This is the +15V input to the MPC from the

power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 31-32 GROUND

Pins 63-64

This is the ground connection to the MPC from

the power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pin 47 READ

Read is used with the MREQ line to read data

from the main processor and external memory.

Pin 48 WRITE

Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to

the main processor and external memory.

Pins 49-55 UNUSED

Pins 57-58

6.9.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR

J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or

modem.

Pin 1 Ground

Pin 2 Computer Tx

Pin 3 Computer Rx

Pin 4 Modem DCD

6.9.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT

J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory

or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast

data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2.

Pin 1 +12V

Pin 2 U25, pin 1 Vpp

Pin 3 +5V

6.9.8 J3 BAUD RATE

J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the

computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be

the same (see Figure 6-17). The baud rate of the com-

puter can be found from the command line by request-

ing /b, /h or /? (see Section 3.1.5). To change jumper

J13: Power off the station. Move P3 to the proper

rate. Power on the station.

6.9.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS

These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485

or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit

repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only

Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end

repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.4.8.

6.9.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING

This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for

LTR systems. The LTR setting is pin 3 to

pin 4.

6.9.11 J5 HSDB SPEED

J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed. J5,

pins 2/3 select the LTR 12 MHz crystal.

6.9.12 J6 WATCHDOG

This jumper enables or disables the watchdog

timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumper-

ing J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or

removed.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-32

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.10 MAIN AUDIO CARD

6.10.1 INTRODUCTION

This control card stores the information required

to operate the routing of audio and data from the

inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received

on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to

perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the

latches open and close gates to route a path for the

audio or data.

Audio control functions for each repeater are per-

formed by the Main Processor in the MPC. The MPC

contains the software and maintains control over the

repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data

microprocessor passes received data to the main pro-

cessor, and it is given the programmable parameters

for the gates.

Information is exchanged between the cards in

the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address

bus. The address bus provides the link between the

main processor and the chip and the address latches on

the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that

select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the

link between the Main Processor and the Audio/Data

Processor on the MAC. The Main Processor controls

the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the

gates required to route audio/data in and out of the

repeater. The MAC also contains:

•The audio interface between the receiver and exciter

and to the external connections.

•The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis.

•The squelch filter and detector.

•Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate

on the main receive audio.

•A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for

detecting the subaudible data.

•The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor

that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a

data qualification signal.

•Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis.

6.10.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR

This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC

card and is used to decode LTR data received from the

mobiles. The LTR data is applied to U111, pin 8 (P1.7

input). When a word is successfully decoded the data

is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and transmitted on the

data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC.

When it is time to transmit the CW Identification,

the main processor on the MPC sends the identifica-

tion to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO).

The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Fil-

ter. The output of the filter is summed with the trans-

mit audio and sent to the Exciter.

U111 also uses six octal latches to provide addi-

tional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 pro-

vide outputs which allow U111 to control various

audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data,

and receive/transmit audio signals.

Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111

to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by

switching gates on and off. U106 also provides adjust-

ment of the selected EEPOTs.

U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to

adjust with chip select lines. These latches also pro-

vide routing of some audio/data signals through gates.

In addition, U111 controls the receive and trans-

mit audio gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel

indicators, and other functions. U111 encodes the data

messages transmitted to mobiles monitoring that chan-

nel, and controls transmitter keying.

6.10.3 RECEIVE AUDIO

The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND)

signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100,

pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, LTR data,

and noise. The audio processing circuit provides fil-

tering and amplification of the audio signal before it is

routed to the outputs on the MAC card.

A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenu-

ates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-fre-

quency noise from the audio signal. From the filter

the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the

level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate

hum and noise ratio.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-33 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a

high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter

attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes

data present in the wide band audio signal. These fil-

ters are configured to act like large inductors. The sig-

nal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per

octave de-emphasis.

Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch cir-

cuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating

of the audio signal. The control signal from the noise

squelch circuit is applied to U113B through U113D.

When a carrier is detected, this input is high and

U113B passes the signal. Programming determines

the gating of audio. When audio is passed by U113B/

C and U114A, the audio can be routed through other

gates to various outputs (see Section 6.10.6).

6.10.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY

The receive wide band audio includes audio, data

and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to

determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or

a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of

noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is

present, there is very little noise present.

U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates fre-

quencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only

high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is ampli-

fied by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts

the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is

partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit

gain and noise level changes caused by temperature

variations.

The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge

rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier out-

puts is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of

U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are

applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When

the input signal rises above the reference the output

goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease

slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This

hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the

receive signal strength is near the threshold level.

The output of U123C is applied to U123D and

Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/

data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch

output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D

functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is

applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D.

When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls

Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if

no signal is present.

6.10.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY

The receive wide band audio signal is the unfil-

tered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver.

Therefore, this signal contains audio, LTR data, and

noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B attenu-

ates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per octave so

that only the data frequencies are passed. From the fil-

ter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A. The gain of

U125A is adjusted by a level control. The output of

U125A can be routed through Data To Audio/Date

Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test Point J100.

DC restoration circuit converts the data signal

from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at lev-

els of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference

voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D.

Positive peak detector U125B handles the positive-

going peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector

U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data

signal.

The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is

midway between the positive- and negative-going

peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of

U125D. When the data signal rises above the refer-

ence voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when

the input voltage drops below the reference voltage,

the output goes low. The receive data is then passed to

audio/data processor U111.

6.10.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING

The receive audio signal is fed into the MAC on

P100, pin 27. When a mobile-to-mobile call is

received, Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the

receive audio signal is routed through Transmit Option

Gate U158C to the input of the transmit audio buffer

U164B to be retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is

controlled by processor U111 through latch U107. A

logic 1 on the control input causes the signal to be

passed.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-34

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

When the received audio must be routed to the

backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate

U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and

passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive

To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and

passes the amplified audio to the backplane.

When the audio received must be routed to the

external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio

Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108.

The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier

U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio

volume control and on/off switch.

6.10.7 VOTER AUDIO

When used, the Receive audio from the voter

receiver comes into the MAC on P100, pin 25. Ampli-

fier U120A sets the gain of the signal and the output is

routed to Voter Audio Mute Gate U115A. The gate is

controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. If the

gate is enabled, the audio goes to the Receive Mute

Gate U113C and passes throughout the MAC Card.

6.10.8 COMPANDOR OPTION

The compandor option enhances the receive and

transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Tele-

phone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR systems.

The filtered Receive Audio passes through the

Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on

A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is cou-

pled to the audio outputs by U114C.

The TX-VOICE from P100, pin 32, passes

through TX Voice Gate U158A to the expander input

on A301, pin 5. The compressed output of A301, pin

4 is passed to the TX Audio Buffer.

6.10.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO

PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local micro-

phone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105

then tells U111 via the data bus that the local micro-

phone PTT has been activated.

U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to

provide the correct input level to U164B. Local

Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D

processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is

to mute the local microphone audio when the local

microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents

interference if the microphone remains live when the

PTT switch is pressed.

Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio

signal from U164A with the audio signal from the

Repeat Gate U153C.

U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates

frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with

the LTR data applied at U129B. Pre-emphasis at 6 dB

per octave is provided by an RC combination before

the signal is fed to the Limiter U127D.

Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision

limiter which prevents over modulation caused by

high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the

output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the

bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the

bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is

limited to a specific level.

The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6-

pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and

U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C.

The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modu-

lation Mute Gate U118B that is controlled by A/D pro-

cessor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the gate

passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is an

electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts the

gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain of

U129C can only be adjusted through the software.

Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC

card when levels are set.

The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier

U129B where it is combined with LTR transmit data

and CWID when present. The gain of audio and data

are the same so unity gain is produced. The output

signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency modu-

lates the transmit signal.

6.10.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING

Transmit voice from the backplane comes into the

MAC on P100, pin 32. When used this signal passes

to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The output

level of the amplifier is adjusted by a level control.

The output of U130A is applied to another transmit

voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate

U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-35 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice

to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit

audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B

is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to

Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled

by A/D processor U111/latch U155.

6.10.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PRO-

CESSING

The data signal is produced by A/D processor

U111 on Transmit Data and Transmit Shape outputs.

The transmit shape output is normally the opposite

logic level of the transmit data output when data is

transmitted. However, the bit before a logic transition

occurs, the transmit shape output is the same logic

level as the transmit data output. This results in a

logic 1 level that is slightly higher and a logic 0 that is

slightly lower. This pulse shaping minimizes interfer-

ence between data bits when the data is filtered by the

low-pass filter.

The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and

Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is

controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When

enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151.

U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that

adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B.

The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the

software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to

the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal

level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively

stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required

because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit

TCXO (see Section 6.2.3) and changes in bias voltage

can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency.

U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates

square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150

Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From

this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier

U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal.

The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation

Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D

processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit

audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation

input and the transmit TCXO.

When needed the External Modulation input on

P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate

U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor

U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the

modulation on pin 11 to the summing amplifier

U129B and gate U118D to the modulation input of the

Exciter.

The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in

each system must periodically transmit the station call

letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by

Morse Code. This identification is programmed with

the Edit Parameters software.

The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor

U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone

generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on

and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone gen-

erator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This

filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the sig-

nal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106 on

J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the sum-

ming amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to the

modulation input of the Exciter.

The input and output connectors for the MAC are

defined as follows.

6.10.12 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR

The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) con-

nects the Address and Data buses and control lines to

the backplane connector. See Figures 6-18 and 6-19.

Pins 1-10 ADDRESS BUS

Pins 33-42

This provides a path between the MPC main pro-

cessor and the processor and memory of the MAC.

This bus retrieves information programmed into mem-

ory for the operation of the MAC.

Pins 11-14 DATA BUS

Pins 43-46

This data bus provides a means of transferring

data to and from the processor on the MAC with

peripheral devices in the MAC.

Pin 15 MREQ

A memory request line operates in conjunction

with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to

read from or write to the processor memory.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-36

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 16 MSTB

The memory strobe line is used for MAC proces-

sor Read/Write operations to external memory.

Pins 17-20 UNUSED

Pin 21 LPTT

The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used.

Pins 22-23 UNUSED

Pins 24/56 HSDB +/-

The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the

Viking VX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is

required if Viking VX repeaters are used with existing

repeaters and the interface.

Pins 25/57 IRDB +/-

This data bus interconnects all repeaters to pro-

vide an exchange of programming information with

the programming software and computer. This data

bus allows all repeaters to be accessed without having

to connect the computer to the MPC on each repeater

individually.

Pin 26 TLA DB

The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for

telephone interconnect calls.

Pins 27/59 -5V IN

This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power

supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 28-29 +5V IN

Pins 60-61

This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power

supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 30/62 +15V IN

This is the +15V input to the MPC from the

power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 31-32 GROUND

Pins 63-64

This is the ground connection to the MPC from

the power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pin 47 READ

Read is used with the MREQ line to read data

from the processor and external memory.

Pin 48 WRITE

Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to

the processor and external memory.

Pins 49-55 UNUSED

Pin 58 VOTER DATA IN

This is used in a Voter system. Data from the

voter site is injected at this pin.

6.10.13 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS

Connector P100 contains the audio and data out-

puts to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater

cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external

devices. The input and output connectors for the con-

nector are defined as follows.

Pins 1-6 UNUSED

Pin 7 3.5V

This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage

from the Exciter to the MAC.

Pin 8 TX DATA OUT

This output contains trunking signaling data and

CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used

with external optional equipment.

Pin 9 TX DATA IN

This input would normally contain trunking sig-

naling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in

signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with

external optional equipment.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-37 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 10 EXT REQ1

This input provides for external requests from

optional equipment.

Pin 11 EXT MOD

This input provides for external wide band modu-

lation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input

is not used at this time.

Pins 13-26 UNUSED

Pin 27 RX WB AUDIO

The Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver

audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.

The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS

(-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modula-

tion into the receiver.

Pin 28 A D LEVEL

This is the Audio/Data Level output.

Pin 29 TX MOD

The output of this pin is produced by audio and

data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on

this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then

to the Exciter.

Pin 30 UNUSED

Pin 31 RX VOICE

This is receive audio output connected to the

backplane.

Pin 32 TX VOICE

This is transmit audio input connected to the

repeat gate.

6.10.14 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT

This test point located on the front card edge is

used during alignment to monitor audio and data.

6.10.15 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE

This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a

combination speaker/microphone is used during setup

and testing of the repeater.

6.10.16 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE

This jack is used for a microphone to key the

Exciter and inject transmit audio.

6.10.17 J103 GROUND

This jack provides a ground connection for the

MAC when monitoring the test points.

6.10.18 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER

This provides an external speaker connection at

the repeater site for monitoring.

6.10.19 J105 WATCH DOG

J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for

reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering

J105, pins 2/3. Do not move or remove this jumper.

6.10.20 J106 TX DATA PATH

Jumpers P106/P107 connect J106, pins 1-2 and 3-

4 for external options that need the Tx Data signal.

Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and 4-5.

6.10.21 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS

EP101 Expand In

EP102 Expand Out

EP103 Ground

EP104 Compress Out

EP105 Compress IN

EP106 +5V

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-38

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.11 INTERFACE ALARM CARD

This card utilizes the information required to

operate the alarms designated in the programming of

the repeater. Data is received on the address bus from

the MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor

and external memory, open and close relays on the

outputs, and receive alarm indications on the inputs.

This information is either routed to external devices or

alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs (see Figure

4-10).

The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input

contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4-inputs can be

disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output

relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can

be either normally open or normally closed.

The electromechanical relay outputs are com-

prised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The

relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is

latched by a write to the base address.

The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger

events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in

the system and can set the various output relays as

defined by the user during programming. When an

external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote

location. Refer to Section 4.3.3 for alarm

programming.

6.11.1 RELAY OUTPUTS

The alarm relay outputs are provided via a termi-

nal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-13

and 6-14).

The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the

rear of the repeater.

6.11.2 ISOLATED INPUTS

The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a ter-

minal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-

13 and 6-14).

The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or DC

signals. The active high inputs can be set by switches

to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a

resistance in series to dissipate unused power (see Fig-

ure 6-15).

The active low inputs can also be set for either

+5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is

required to provide an active alarm.

Figure 6-13 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS

Figure 6-14 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS

ALARM IN

ALARM OUT

I/0 13

3-3+

IAC 41

EXTOUT1

COM 49

COM 50

TXD IN

RX VOICE

TX VOICE

RX WBAND

COMM 6

SQ EN

EXTREQ2

COM 17

SYNC IN

TXD OUT

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

ALARMS

1 IN +

2 IN +

1 OUT +

2 OUT +

2 OUT -

1 OUT -

2 IN -

1 IN -

AC FAIL

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-39 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer out-

puts can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This

input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors

connected in series may be used to extend the input

voltage range.

Figure 6-15 S500-S503

6.11.3 ALARM INDICATORS

There are three forms of alarm indicators from

the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and dis-

play combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for

the combinations and definitions of the active alarms.

Another form is the output relay to the terminal

blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be

wired to external devices or to alarm inputs.

The third form is the output relay and to transmit

a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to

a remote location. The description is sent in Morse

code with a transmit ID assigned during programming.

A transceiver programmed with this ID can monitor

the repeater and alert the system owner when an alarm

occurs.

6.11.4 ALARM FUNCTIONS

The alarms can be configured in various modes to

alert the system owner to conditions and hazards with

the equipment and the repeater site facility. A few of

the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-16. In this

example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected

to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of Repeater 5

is connected to the fire alarm system, the AC fail

alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm 2 output

so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-10) and the out-

put alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the input

alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output alarm

1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1. Then

the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for alarm 1 in

each repeater. This configuration allows Repeater 2 to

give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an RF Shutdown

alarm output, etc.

The input alarms are given a 15-character

description during programming and a Transmit ID.

These are used when an input alarm is activated to

send a Morse code message consisting of the descrip-

tion over the air to a monitoring transceiver pro-

grammed with this ID.

There are 40 internal alarms that can be included

in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2).

These alarms can also be programmed to send an out-

put as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm

configuration menu (see Figure 4-10). Among these

alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC

fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of

the repeater to activate the battery backup.

Figure 6-16 ALARM EXAMPLE

8+5V

+15V

P500

ALARM +

ALARM -

+5V

SECURITY DOOR

SMOKE

DETECTOR

DOOR OPEN

AC FAIL

TRANSCEIVER

SENSOR ACTIVE

REPEATER 1

REPEATER 2

REPEATER 3

REPEATER 4

ALARM 1 OUT

ALARM 1 IN

ALARM 1 OUT

ALARM 1 IN

ALARM 1 OUT

ALARM 1 IN

ALARM 1 OUT

ALARM 1 IN

ALARM 1 OUT

REPEATER 5

ALARM 3 IN

ALARM 1 IN

ALARM 2 IN

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-40

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6.11.5 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR

The input and output connectors for the IAC are

defined as follows. The signal interface connector

P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses

and control lines to the backplane connector. See Fig-

ure 6-20.

Pins 1-4 ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only)

Pins 33-36

This address bus provides a path between the

MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers

of the IAC. This bus retrieves information pro-

grammed into the MPC memory for the operation of

the IAC.

Pins 5/37 ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN -

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device as a specific alert condition.

Pins 6/38 ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN -

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device as a specific alert condition.

Pins 7/39 ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN -

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device as a specific condition.

Pins 8/40 ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN -

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device as a specific alert condition.

Pin 9 SQUELCH ENABLE

This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be

configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or

logic controlled non-inverted output.

Pin 10 EXTERNAL REQ 2

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device.

Pins 11-14 DATA BUS

Pins 43-46

This data bus provides a means of transferring

data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the

IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC.

Pin 15 MREQ

A memory request line operates in conjunction

with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or

write to the MPC processor memory.

Pins 16/17 UNUSED

Pin 18 SYNC IN

This is an input received from a connection to an

external device.

Pins 19/51 ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT -

This is an output to an external device to perform

a specific function.

Pins 20/52 ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT -

This is an output to an external device to perform

a specific function.

Pins 21-23 UNUSED

Pins 24/25 +15V ACCESSORY

This DC supply is an output to an external device

through rear connector J1.

Pins 26/58 +15V FILTERED

This DC supply is an output to an external device

through rear connector J1.

Pins 27/59 -5V IN

This is the -5V input from the power supply via

the Controller backplane.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-41 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pins 28-29 +5V IN

Pins 60-61

This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power

supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 30/62 +15V IN

This is the +15V input to the MPC from the

power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 31-32 GROUND

Pins 63-64

This is the ground connection to the MPC from

the power supply via the Controller backplane.

Pins 41-42 UNUSED

Pin 47 READ

Read is used with the MREQ line to read data

from the MPC processor and external memory.

Pin 48 WRITE

Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to

the MPC processor and external memory.

Pins 49-50 UNUSED

Pins 53-55 UNUSED

Pin 56 THERMAL SENSOR

The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA tempera-

ture and creates an alarm condition if the temperature

exceeds the limit.

Pin 57 POWER SWITCH

Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to

the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the

on/off toggle switch S508.

6.11.6 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS

Connector P501 contains data and control outputs

to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabi-

net. These outputs are connected to other external

devices.

The input and output connectors for the connector

are defined as follows.

Pins 1/17 ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT -

Pins 2/18 ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT -

These are outputs to external devices to perform a

specific function.

Pin 3 RX WBAND

Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver

audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board.

The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and

2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the

receiver.

Pins 4-6 UNUSED

Pin 7 EXT OUT 1

This is an external output to rear connector J1.

Pin 8 RF CLOCK

The clock will control the synthesizer chips and

power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL

input from the Controller.

Pin 9 AC FAIL IN

This input from the AC supply is used by the AC

fail output to indicate that the AC has been

interrupted.

Pin 10 SYN CS RX

This is the chip select pin for the main receiver

synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in

the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-42

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 11 UNUSED

Pin 12 RF MUX 1 INH

The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high.

Pin 13 RF MUX 2 INH

The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high.

Pin 14 RF MUX 3 INH

The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a

CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (dis-

ables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a

logic high.

Pin 15 PC STR

The Power Control Strobe is normally low until

after the power control data is shifted into the power

control register. Then the strobe line goes high and

back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be

changed until after the strobe is set.

Pin 16 HS CS EX

This is the Exciter high stability synthesizer chip

select. A low enables loading the high stability syn-

thesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability

equipped units.

Pins 19-21 UNUSED

Pin 22 BUF RX WBAND

This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from

the receiver audio demodulator through the RF Inter-

face Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-

6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modula-

tion into the receiver. This is an output to the rear con-

nector J1.

Pin 23 AC FAIL OUT

This is an indication that the AC power has been

interrupted.

Pin 24 UNUSED

Pin 25 HS CS RX

This is the receiver high stability synthesizer chip

select. A low enables loading the high stability syn-

thesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability

equipped units.

Pin 26 SYN CS EX

Pin 26 is the exciter main Synthesizer Chip Select

that allows input of data to U403 when the line is

pulled to logic low.

Pin 27 UNUSED

Pin 28 A D LEVEL

20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-

pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin

using three multiplex chips.

Pin 29 RF DATA A

Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit

(LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.

This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-

ing a logic high for activation.

Pin 30 RF DATA B

Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant

bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This

pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a

logic high for activation.

Pin 31 RF DATA C

Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit

(MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB.

This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requir-

ing a logic high for activation.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-43 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Pin 32 RF DATA

This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Con-

troller which has the dual role of loading the synthe-

sizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines

for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips

and a shift-register could be connected to this pin.

6.11.7 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT

20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sam-

pled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin

using three multiplex chips.

6.11.8 J501 GROUND

J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points.

6.11.9 J502 +15V

J502 is a voltage test point.

6.11.10 POWER SWITCH

S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and

off from the front of the IAC.

6.11.11 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT

P505 jumpers J505, pins 1/2 to configure the

squelch enable output for an inverted output. P505

jumpers J505, pins 2/3 to configure the squelch enable

output for a non-inverted output. P505 jumpers J505,

pins 3/4 to configure the squelch enable output for a

non-inverted output under the control of U503.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

6-44

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

6-45 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM

FIGURE 6-17 FOLDOUT

A0-A19

ADDRESS BUS (19:0)

+5V

U15

LED DRIVER

LPTT

U26

U27

MAIN MICROPROCESSOR

DS1

DISPLAY DRIVER

BALANCED Rx/Tx

U24

IRDB-

RIDB+

SWITCH TxD

SWITCH RxD

U20CU6A

U16F

PO0

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

DMARQ0

DMAAKO

TC0

DMARQ1

READ

WRITE

MREQ

READ

WRITE

PT2

MREQ

R/W

RxD0

TxD0

RxD1

TxD1

INT POLL

INTP0 INTP1 MSTB

UART

U22

RD WR

RxRDY

TxE

MSTB

D0-D7 D0-D7

U16D

U16C

MODEM DCD 4

COMPUTER Tx 2

COMPUTER Rx 3

RxD

TxD

MPC

PROGRAMMING PORT

U21

76800

38400

19200

9600

4800

2400

1200

BAUD RATE

CLOCK

TxC

RxC

U6B

U13

P3-1

P3-0

P1-3

D0-D7

T OUT

RST P1-1 P3-7 P3-6

HIGH-SPEED DATA BUS

MICROPROCESSOR

ALE

PSEN

A8-A15

P1-2

P1-0 A13

A14

A15

CY0

Y1Y2

ADDRESS/DATA BUS (8:15)

CS1

A0-A7

D0-D7

A8-A12

U14

D0-D7

A8-A13

ADDRESS BUS (7:0)

A0-A7

EEPROMRAM

ADDRESS

SELECT

A0-A7 D0-D7

CEN

LOWER

ADDRESS LATCH

U7B U2A

U2B U6D

DOR SO

ADDRESS BUS (7:0)

A0-A7D0-D7

MR DIR S1

TX FIFO

PROCESSOR TO PROCESSOR COMMUNICATION FIFOs

U20D U6C

READY

PO6

PT1

PT0

A0-A7

DIR

DOR SO

U10

U2C U7A

READ

WRITE

10 MHz

D0-D7

U17

RST1

RESET

A0-A19

RST2

RES IN S1

RESET

U25

DQ0-DQ7

OE WE Vpp CE

A0-A16

FLASH MEMORY

DATA BUS (7:0)

U20B U20A

G2B

A13

A14

A15

O15

O14

A19

A18

A17

A16

O13

O11

U28

DE WE

D0-D7

A0-A12

RAM

U18

A0-A14

EPROM

D0-D7 W

RESET

U2F

HSDB -

HSDB +

U31

U30

Y0-Y3

U32A

U2F/U31B

U23

U16B

U32B

Y0-Y3

RST

T OUT

READY

U30A/U31A Q2/Q3 U11

+5V

EPROM

FLASH Vpp

MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM

FIGURE 6-18

6-46

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

A0-A19

ADDRESS LATCHES

U103

A-D

A16-A19

U133

A-D

A12-A15

D1 G1

MREQ 15

P101

U154B

U101E

MPC LATCH

D0-D7

U105

MSTB 16

EXT REQ

P100

LOCAL MIC PTT

Q102

DIR

D0-D7

U161

TX FIFO

DOR

A0-A7

U101C U154D

U111

AUDIO/DATA

MICROPROCESSOR

P3-7

A8-A15

D0-D7

P1-3

P1-1P1-1

U162D

U119

RESET

VOTER DATA IN 58

Z102 U136

+9V REG

+15V 30

+15V 62

P3-6

P1-0

P1-2

A13

A14

A15

Y2 Y1

U102

ADDRESS SELECT

ALE

PSEN

P1-6

P1-7

P3-2

P3-3

P3-0

RST

P3-4 U117B-8 TX DATA EN

U126A-3 TX SHAPE

U126A-3 TX DATA

U125D-14 RX DATA

U159B-8 LOGIC SQUELCH

U119 U101D

U104

A0-A7

Q0-Q7

C EN

ADDRESS/DATA BUS (7:0)

D0-D7

A8-A14

U112

A0-A7

DIR

A0-A7 D0-D7

DOR

U160

RX FIFO

U154A U101F

D1-D8

U108

GATE LATCHES

CLK

U107

U106

U156

U155

U157

CLK

D1-D8

CLK

D1-D8

CLK

D1-D8

CLK

D1-D8

CLK

D1-D8

U115A VOTER AUDIO MUTE

U114D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE

U113C RX MUTE

U114A RX OPTION

U115B RX VOICE

U116B RX AUDIO

U115C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE

U116A FSK TO AUDIO

U153C REPEAT

U153D TxS TO FSK

U116D TxA TO FSK

U159C DATA TO A D

U116C Tx AUDIO

U158A Tx VOICE

U153A DATA LEVEL TEST

U100B CWID CONTROL

U159A LEVEL DETECT

U158C Tx OPTION

U117C LOCAL MIC MUTE

U118C EXTERNAL MOD MUTE

U118B NORMAL MOD MUTE

U118D Tx MOD MUTE

U151-U149 INC

U151-U149 U/D

CS0

CS1

CS2

CS3

WO 125

CS5

CS6

WO 126

U153B Tx NET

U115D Rx NET

CS10

CS11

U149 CS12

WO 127

U151 CS14

CS15

U117A Tx INTERCOM

U113D Rx SQ ACTIVE

U159B LOGIC SQ A D

U159D Tx MOD A D

U113B NORMAL Rx

WO 118

WO 117

WO 116

EPROM

LOWER ADDRESS LATCH

ACCRESS BUS (15:8)

DATA BUS (7:0)

RX FIFO

TX FIFO

U17-1

6-47 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM

FIGURE 6-19 FOLDOUT

VOTER AUDIO 25

P100

U120A

VOTER AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

U115A

VOTER AUDIO

MUTE

U108

Rx WB AUDIO 27

U121A/B

LOW-PASS FILTER

< 3 kHz

U122A

Rx AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

U163B

25V

U122B/C/D

HIGH-PASS FILTER

> 300 Hz

U163A

DE-EMPHASIS

U113D

U157

U157 Rx ACTIVE

GATE

U135A

HIGH-PASS FILTER

> 30 kHz

U135B

NOISE

AMPLIFIER

U123A U123B

NOISE

RECTIFIER

U123C

SCHMITT

TRIGGER

U123D

U159B

TIMING BUFFER

LOGIC SQ A-D

GATE

U157

U113B

NORMAL RX

GATE

U113C

RX MUTE

GATE

U114A

RX OPTION

GATE

U108

U114B

U108

U114C

RX OPTION

A301

COMPANDING

OPTION

U116B

RX AUDIO

GATE

U153C

REPEAT

GATE

U107

U108

U159C

DATA TO A-D

GATE

U107

U125D

U111 Rx DATA

U125B/C

RESTORATION

U125A

Rx DATA

AMPLIFIER

U124A/B

Rx DATA

FILTER

TxS - 4

U131C

TxS + 3

SECONDARY AUDIO

FROM SWITCH

U131D

Tx AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

U153D

TxS TO FSK

GATE

U107

U153A

DATA LEVEL

TEST GATE

U107

U167A

TxA + 15

TxA - 16

MAIN AUDIO

FROM SWITCH

U167D

Tx AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

U116D

TxA TO FSK

GATE

U107

U116C

Tx AUDIO

GATE

U107

U130A

Tx VOICE

AMPLIFIER

Tx VOICE 32

U158A

U107

Tx VOICE

GATE

U130B

Tx VOICE

AMPLIFIER

Tx OPTION

U153B

Tx NET

GATE

U155

U158C

Tx OPTION

GATE

U158D

U106

U158B

Tx OPTION

GATE

U159A

U106

U159D

LEVEL DETECT

GATE

Tx MOD A D

GATE

U157

U117A

Tx INTERCOM

GATE

U157

U117C

LOCAL MIC MUTE

GATE

U164A

LOCAL MIC PTT

J102

Q101 Q102

U105 LOCAL MIC PTT

U106

U164B

Tx AUDIO

BUFFER

U127B/C

HIGH-PASS FILTER

> 300 Hz

U127D

LIMITER

U127A

LPF

U128B/C

BUFFERS

SPLATTER FILTER

U128D/A

LPF

U118B

NORMAL MOD MUTE

GATE

U106

U129C

U106 U/D

U106 INC

U149

Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER

U155 CS12

U126A

Tx DATA U111

Tx SHAPE U111

U117B

Tx DATA ENABLE

GATE

U111

U126B

U106 U/D

U106 INC

U151

Tx DATA AMPLIFIER

U155 CS14

U126C

Tx DATA FILTER

U126D

U100B/A U129A

CWID TONE

GENERATOR CWID FILTER

J106

P107

P106

8 TxD OUT

9 TxD IN

U129B

SUMMING

AMPLIFIER

U118D

Tx MOD MUTE

GATE

U106

29 Tx MOD

U118C

EXTERNAL MOD MUTE

GATE

U106

28 A-D LEVEL

A-D LEVEL

TEST POINT

J100

U116B

FSK TO AUDIO

GATE

U108

U131A

SECONDARY

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

U166A

MAIN AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

U162C

BUFFER

U131B

U165A

FSK AMPLIFIER

U109

TxD

Tx OUT TxD

BUFFER

U166B

U110

23 SWITCH Tx DATA

P101

P100

1 RxS +

2 RxS - SECONDARY AUDIO

TO SWITCH

RS-232

13 Rx AUDIO +

14 Rx AUDIO - MAIN AUDIO

TO SWITCH

22 SWITCH Rx DATA

Rx IN

U162B

RxD

U115B U120B

U108

Rx VOICE

GATE VOICE

AMPLIFIER

U115D

Rx NET

GATE

U155

U165B

FSK AMPLIFIER

U115C

Rx VOICE

TO BACKPLANE

GATE

U108

31 Rx VOICE

U114D

U108

Rx VOICE

GATE

U132

LOCAL AUDIO

OUTPUT AMPLIFIER

EXTERNAL SPEAKER

J104

J101

SPEAKER/MIC

U167B/C

HIGH PASS FITLER

INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM

FIGURE 6-20

6-48

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

DO-D7

P500

DATA BUS (7:0)

U501

DQ3

A16

A17

A18

A19

A13

A14

A15

U500

A13-A19

G2MREQ

THERMAL

SENSOR

INTR

U506

WR D0-D7

V IN+

READ

WRITE

Q4 Q7 Q6

CLK Q4

U518

IAC ADDRESSING LED CONTROL

D0-D7

+5V

MISC INPUTS

U517

Q1-Q8

D1 D8

RF INTERFACE

U505

D0-D7

RF MUX 1 INH

RF MUX 2 INH

RF MUX 3 INH

PC STR

HS CS EX

STN CS EX

HS CS RX

STN CS RX

WO 1

AC FAIL IN

P501

U521

CLK

Q1-Q8

U504

D0-D7

RF DATA A

RF DATA B

RF DATA C

RF DATA

RF CLK

AC FAIL OUT

WO 2

EXT REQ 1

CLK

U508E

U508

U507D

J500

U507A

U519

RSSI O

IFA IN

U509A U509B U507B

U509C U507C

ANALOG LEVEL DETECTOR

U503

D1-D8

CLK

Q501

Q500

K501

K500

ALARM 2 OUT

ALARM 1 OUT

K502

K503

Q502

Q503

ALARM 3 OUT

ALARM 4 OUT

U514BU514A

BUF RX WBAND

RX WBAND

A D LEVEL

U513B

U511

U513C

U512

CR513

CR512

+5V

+15V

S503

J504

ALARM 4 IN

CR511

CR510

+5V

+15V

S502

J503

ALARM 3 IN

EXT REQ 2

U510

CR509

CR508

+5V

+15V

S501 +

ALARM 2 IN

U520

CR507

CR506

+5V

+15V

S500 +

ALARM 1 IN

P500

ALARM INPUTS

Q505

Q504

SQUELCH EN

NON-INVERTED

U503 CONTROL

INVERTED J505

7-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT

C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T

The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-

ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under

any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any

of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then

be guaranteed.

Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations.

Refer to Figure 7-6 for equipment needed and setup

diagram. Select "RECEIVER" from the "TEST"

menu in the Repeater Software.

7.1.1 PRETEST

Preset L102, L103, L104, L108, L109, L110,

L140 and L141 tuning screws about 1/4 inch above

the top of the casting.

For 12.5 kHz operation, place jumper plugs

P203, P204 and P205 across pins 2-3 of J203, J204

and J205.

For 25 kHz operation, place jumper plugs P203,

P204 and P205 across pins 1-2 of J203, J204 and

J205.

7.1.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the 20-

pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201 (see

Figure 7-1).

Measure the voltages at the following pins.

U301, pin 3 +6V DC ±0.3V

U302, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V

U303, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V

U304, pin 3 +12V DC ±0.4V

R402/R403 junction +3.5V DC ±0.1V

7.1.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL

For Receivers operating between:

132-150 MHz, 150-178 MHz.

1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthe-

sizer for the Receive frequency.

2. Tune the VCO capacitor L102 for +7V DC ±0.05V

at TP401.

Increase the receive frequency by 1 MHz.

The voltage on TP401 shall be less than 15V.

Decrease the receive frequency by 1 MHz.

The voltage on TP401 shall be greater than 2.5V.

3. Alternately tune CV151 and CV152 in 1/2-turn to

1-turn increments until a voltage is measured at

TP401. At that time, tune CV151 for a peak, then

CV152 for a peak.

4. Retune CV151/CV152 for a peak at TP401.

For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the top of the

receive band (148-150 or 176-178 MHz).

1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest receive fre-

quency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz).

2. Set the control line voltage for 15V at TP401.

Check 2 MHz below the programmed frequency

(i.e. 148 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control volt-

age at TP401 is greater than 2V. The repeater

receiver can now be programmed for the desired

operating frequency.

For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the bottom of

the receive band (132-134 or 150-152 MHz).

1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest receive fre-

quency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz).

2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP401.

Check 2 MHz above the programmed frequency

(i.e. 134 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control volt-

age at TP401 is less than 15V. The repeater receiver

can now be programmed for the desired operating

frequency.

NOTE: The Channel Frequency and Synthesizer Fre-

quency appear at the bottom of the screen.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

7.1.4 RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST

1. Place a pick-up loop (sniffer) or RF probe con-

nected to a frequency counter near TP102.

2. Set Y401 (TCXO) for the Injection Frequency

±50 Hz (Inj Freq = chnl freq + 52.95 MHz).

7.1.5 VCO TEST

1. The software programs the synthesizer for

1 MHz above the receive channel.

2. The voltage on TP401 should be < 10V.

3. Record the voltage on TP401 __________.

4. The software programs the synthesizer for

1 MHz below the receive channel.

5. The voltage on TP401 should be > 4V.

6. Record the voltage on TP401 __________.

7. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not

within ±0.2V, tune L102 as required to balance the

voltage readings.

8. The software programs the synthesizer for the

receive frequency.

7.1.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE: Verify that the appropriate IF jumpers (J203,

J204, J205) are selected.

1. Set the signal generator to the receive frequency at

a level sufficient to produce an output voltage at

TP201 or J201, pin 7 (RSSI Output).

2. Tune CV101, CV102, CV103, CV104, CV105, and

CV106, then repeat, for a peak voltage at TP201.

Decrease the generator output level to maintain a

2-3V reading at TP201.

FOR 12.5 kHz CHANNELS:

NOTE: Perform this test if CV211 and CV212 are

placed on the board.

1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to pro-

duce 2V DC at TP201.

2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator.

Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS

U302

J204 J205

J201

RV201

RV211

RV203

RV213

RV202 RV212

U202

U204

Z216 Z215

Z214

Z204

U102

U203

U201

Z206

Z205

Z212B

Z212A

CV212

L216

L214

L213

L211

L201

L203

L206

L204

U101

CV211

Q211

CV212

Q201

J203

CV201

Z202B

Z202A

Z211AZ211B

Z201B Z201A

FL102

FL201

Q134

Q133

Q101

Q102

Q204

Y201

U304

U301

Q403

Q405

U303

U401

Q409

Q406

Q407 Q408

Q410

Q411

FL101

A201

Q402

Q401

Q404

Q132

Q131

TP401

TP102

CV152 CV151

L141 L140

CV106 CV105

L110 L109

CV104

L108

CV103 CV102

L104 L103

CV101

L102

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 2.5 kHz.

4. Adjust CV211 for peak DC voltage at TP201.

5. Adjust CV212 for peak DC voltage at TP201.

6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency.

7. Set the signal generator to 100 µV into the receiver

with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.

(1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives

100 µV at the receive antenna.)

8. Tune Z215 for 2V ±0.05V at U203, pin 9.

9. Tune RV215 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at

TP202.

10.Adjust RV212 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202.

11.Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202.

12.Tune L211, L213, L214 and L216 for minimum

distortion <5%, (typically <3%).

13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10.

FOR 25 kHz CHANNELS:

NOTE: Perform this test if CV201 and CV202 are

placed on the board.

1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to produce

2V DC at TP201.

2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator.

3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 5 kHz.

4. Adjust CV201 for peak DC voltage at TP201.

5. Adjust CV202 for peak DC voltage at TP201.

6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency.

7. Set the generator to 100 µV into the receiver with a

1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation.

(1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives

100 µV at the receive antenna.)

8. Tune Z205 for 2V ±0.05V at U201, pin 9.

9. Tune RV203 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at

TP202.

10.Adjust RV202 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202.

11.Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202.

12.Tune L201, L203, L204 and L206 for minimum

distortion <5%, (typically <3%).

13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10.

7.1.7 AUDIO DISTORTION

1. Plug a 16 ohm load at J101 or J104 on the TPI

(Third Party Interface Card).

2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load.

3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101

or J104 on the TPI with the local volume control set

to 2.8V RMS.

4. The reading shall be less than 3%.

(Typically less than 1%.)

5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the

TPI.

6. The reading should be less than 0.35 µV.

(Typically 0.25 µV.)

7. The software programs the synthesizer for

1 MHz above the Receive frequency.

8. Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV.

(Typically less than 0.30 µV.)

9. The software programs the synthesizer for

1 MHz below the Receive frequency.

10.Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV.

(Typically less than 0.30 µV.)

11.Adjust the signal generator level to produce 15 dB

SINAD.

12.Adjust RV201 for 0.5V ±0.02V at TP201.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT

C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T

The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-

ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any

circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of

the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be

guaranteed.

Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations.

Refer to Figure 7-7 for equipment needed and setup

diagram.

NOTE: Some adjustments will be made using the cur-

sor "Up"/"Dn" or "PgUp"/"PgDn" keys.

W A R N I N G

SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST

MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER, FEA-

TURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN THE

PA ARE DISABLED.

7.2.1 PRETEST

1. Set TCXO modulation adjust RV101 fully counter-

clockwise.

2. Connect the power meter to J402.

7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the

20-pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401.

Measure the voltages at the following pins.

U406, pin 1 +12V DC ±0.4V

U405, pin 1 +5V DC ±0.3V

U402, pin 1 +3.5V DC ±0.1V

U404, pin 7 +3.5V DC ±0.1V

Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS

7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL

For Exciters operating between:

138-144 MHz or 154-172 MHz.

1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer

for the Transmit frequency.

2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

3. Tune the VCO inductor L102 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V

at TP1 (U403, pin 6).

Increase the transmit frequency by 3 MHz.

The voltage on TP1 shall be less than 7.5V.

Decrease the transmit frequency by 3 MHz.

The voltage on TP1 shall be greater than 2V.

MOD

CNTRL

Q411

Q410

Q407

Q406

A007

U406

Y401

RV401

U404

Q413

Q412

U407

U402

RV101

U405

J401

J402

Q417

Q415

Q414

Q416

Q404

Q403

U403

TP1

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402.

Reading should be > +18 dBm.

5. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the top of

the transmit band (144-150 or 172-178 MHz).

1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest transmit

frequency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz).

2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

3. Set the control line voltage for 7.5V at TP1.

Check 6 MHz below the programmed frequency

(i.e. 144 or 172 MHz) to verify that the control volt-

age at TP1 is greater than 2V. The repeater receiver

can now be programmed for the desired operating

frequency.

4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the bottom

of the transmit band (132-138 or 150-156 MHz).

1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest transmit

frequency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz).

2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP1.

Check 6 MHz above the programmed frequency

(i.e. 138 or 156 MHz) to verify that the control volt-

age at TP1 is less than 7.5V. The repeater receiver

can now be programmed for the desired operating

frequency.

7.2.4 VCO TEST

1. The software programs the synthesizer for

3 MHz above the Tune-Up frequency.

2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

3. The voltage on U403, pin 6 should be < 7V.

Power output should be > +18 dBm.

4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

5. The software programs the synthesizer for

3 MHz below the Tune-Up frequency.

6. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

7. The voltage on TP1 (U403, pin 6) should be > 2.5V.

Power output should be > +18 dBm.

8. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

9. The software programs the synthesizer for the

Transmit Channel.

7.2.5 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST

1. Connect a 10 dB pad and frequency counter to J402.

2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

3. Tune TCXO Y401 for the Transmit Channel Fre-

quency, ± 50 Hz.

4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

7.2.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST

1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to

J402.

2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the

modulation analyzer.

3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave at 400 mV RMS into J2,

pin 5 on the back of the Station.

NOTE: This test changes the Tx Audio Deviation

Limit. To correct the limit, perform adjustment per

Section 7.4.5.

4. Adjust U207 with "Up/Dn" and "PgUp/PgDn" keys

for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29. This waveform

should be a "clean" sine wave.

5. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

6. Set RV401 for ±3 kHz deviation for 25 kHz chan-

nels ( ±1.5 kHz deviation for 12.5 kHz channels).

7. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

8. Adjust R237 for a 2V P-P square wave on

P100, pin 29 of the TPI.

NOTE: This test changes the Tx Data Level. To

correct the limit, perform adjustment per Section

7.4.5.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

9. Press the space bar to key the Exciter.

10.Set RV101 for "best" square wave as observed on

the modulation analyzer output to the oscilloscope.

NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" coupled

and turn off de-emphasis and HPF switches on the

Modulation Analyzer.

11.Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter.

12.Repeat Steps 1-7. Very little adjustment of RV401

should be needed.

7.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

7.3.1 INTRODUCTION

Refer to Figures 7-3 and 7-4 for component loca-

tions. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and

setup diagram. Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in

the Repeater Software.

7.3.2 DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUST-

MENTS

1. Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF port

(50 ohm impedance).

2. Connect the:

Power supply ground lead to P105

+15V DC lead to P103

+26.5V DC lead to P101

36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB

3. Set the signal generator to +19 dBm ±0.1 dB.

Connect the signal generator to A9.

4. Press the space bar to key the PA.

5. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set

R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4).

7.3.3 POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING

This procedure assumes that either:

•The carrier is chosen and the coaxial cable from the

exciter is putting out +19 dBm

•A test signal is being injected to the PA with

+19 dBm.

Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF

port (50 ohm impedance). Use the carrier frequency

needed.

1. Set RV501 on the PA fully counterclockwise.

Set RV502 on the PA fully clockwise, see

Figure 7-3.

2. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 and Reflected

Power Adjust RV602 on the power detector board

fully counterclockwise (see Figure 7-3).

3. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set

R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4). This sets the cur-

rent limit point for driver Q501 at hot temperatures.

4. Set each of the quiescent currents for Q502 and

Q503 for 10 mA (DC) each.

5. Program the power output for the correct frequency

range as follows:

132-150 MHz 110W

150-178 MHz 110W

6. Press the space bar to key the PA. Output power

will be approximetly 80W.

7. Monitor the output power and tune C601 and C602

for maximum output power (see Figure 7-3).

8. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 for rated power

(110W or 100W).

9. Press the space bar to unkey the PA.

10.Disconnect the antenna or dummy load from the RF

port.

11.Press the space bar to key the PA.

NOTE: This will not harm the PA.

12.Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot RV602 for

equal voltages on W121 and W126 on the RFIB or

for equal Forward and Reverse Power

(see Figure 7-4).

13.Press the space bar to unkey the PA.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS

Figure 7-4 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS

Figure 7-5 POWER EXTENDER CABLES

WO517

WO516

WO515

WO514

WO524

WO523

WO513

C602

C601

U503

Q502

CEE

RV501

C548

R516

WO523A

WO502A

U509

R518

C545

U501

RF OUT

Vcc 2

Vcc 1

RF IN

C519

C584

C580

U506

U505

U508

U507

WO520

WO504

WO509

WO501 WO502

WO503

WO512

WO505

WO511

U502

Q503

CEE

RV502

WO524A

U504

R526

C557

RV601

RV602

R668

C602 C601

LPF RV501

RV502

J101

J104

U108

R170

R171

U104

R150

R106

R76

J103 J102

WO122

WO123WO124

WO125

WO115

WO126

WO121 WO127 WO120

WO147

WO143

WO144

WO145

R45

FWD PWR

REV PWR +15V

RED

WHITE

BLACK

WHITE

BLACK

GREEN

WHITE

BLACK

GREEN RED

WHITE

BLACK

(INCLUDED IN 2000 SERIES SERVICE KIT 250-2000-230)

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP

U302

J204 J205

J201

RV201

RV211

RV203

RV213

RV202 RV212

U202

U204

Z216 Z215

Z214

Z204

U102

U203

U201

Z206

Z205

Z212B

Z212A

CV212

L216

L214

L213

L211

L201

L203

L206

L204

U101

CV211

Q211

CV212

Q201

J203

CV201

Z202B

Z202A

Z211AZ211B

Z201B Z201A

FL102

FL201

Q134

Q133

Q101

Q102

Q204

Y201

U304

U301

Q403

Q405

U303

U401

Q409

Q406

Q407 Q408

Q410

Q411

FL101

A201

Q402

Q401

Q404

Q132

Q131

TP401

TP102

CV152 CV151

L141 L140

CV106 CV105

L110 L109

CV104

L108

CV103 CV102

L104 L103

CV101

L102

RFIB

COMMUNICATIONS

SERVICE MONITOR

20 dB

HP 334A

OSCILLOSCOPE

VOLTMETER

FREQUENCY COUNTER

AUDIO DISTORTION

ANALYZER

16 OHM

POWER CABLES

36-PIN RIBBON CABLE

J401

119

20 220

J201

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP

MOD

CNTRL

Q411

Q410

Q407

Q406

A007

U406

Y401

RV401

U404

Q413

Q412

U407

U402

RV101

U405

J401

J402

Q417

Q415

Q414

Q416

Q404

Q403

U403

TP1

RFIB

OSCILLOSCOPE

VOLTMETER VOLTMETER

HP 8901A

MODULATION ANALYZER

10 dB

POWER CABLES

36-PIN RIBBON CABLE

DUMMY LOAD

50 OHM

POWER METER

HP 436A

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-8 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP

WO517

WO516

WO515

WO514

WO524

WO523

WO513

C602

C601

U503

Q502

CEE

RV501

C548

R516

WO523A

WO502A

U509

R518

C545

U501

RF OUT

Vcc 2

Vcc 1

RF IN

C519

C584

C580

U506

U505

U508

U507

WO520

WO504

WO509

WO501 WO502

WO503

WO512

WO505

WO511

U502

Q503

CEE

RV502

WO524A

U504

R526

C557

ATTENUATOR

THRULINE

40 dB

HP 436A

POWER METER

50 OHM

DUMMY LOAD

R236

J104

J101

J102

J100

J103

J502

J501

J500

CR3

CR4

CR5

CR2

CR1 DS1GRN

YEL

RED

PRO G

JACK

RESET

GND

A D LEVEL

ON/OFF/VOL

LOCAL

MIC

SPKR

EXT SPKR

GND

+15V

TEST POINT

XMIT

MOBIL E

SWITCH

HANG

CWID

POWER

RV601

RV602

R668

LPF

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-11 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

7.4 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT

7.4.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM

1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST

and press Enter.

7.4.2 REPEATER SETUP

The VIKING VX repeater has been pretested at

the factory, therefore only performance tests are

required to check the repeater. Refer to test setup dia-

grams for equipment and cabling diagram.

Turn on the repeater power supply switch (S508)

in the IAC or engage the locking lever (see Figure

7-14).

The operating code has been programmed at the

factory. The parameters are programmed into the

MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incor-

rect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater.

It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly

from the chassis and connect via extension cables for

some of the tests or adjustments.

NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are

unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.

7.4.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS

Transmit Mode

1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.

2. The IAC Transmit LED should turn on to indicate

the repeater is transmitting (see Figure 7-14).

3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.

Transmit TCXO Frequency Adjustment

C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T

The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-

ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any

circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of

the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be

guaranteed.

4. Press the space bar to key the repeater.

5. Check the frequency of the transmitted signal. The

frequency should be ±50 Hz of the channel fre-

quency.

6. Adjust the frequency with Y401 (TCXO) on the

Exciter (see Section 7.2.5).

7. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.

Transmitter Output Power Adjustment

1. Press the space bar to key the repeater.

2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be

adjusted from the computer using the cursor Up/Dn

and PgUp/PgDn keys. The test equipment should be

calibrated for ±2W.

3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater.

7.4.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT

NOTE: Jumper J103 selects between a 12.5 kHz IF and

a 25 kHz IF.

NOTE: If this is a voting repeater, it is not equipped

with a receiver.

Receiver TCXO Frequency Adjustment

C R I T I C A L A D J U S T M E N T

The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turn-

ing the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any

circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of

the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be

guaranteed.

1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a

"sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a

suitable frequency counter placed near TP102 in the

Receiver (see Section 7.1.4).

2. Adjust Y401 (TCXO) on the Receiver to within

±50 Hz of the channel frequency + 52.95 MHz.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-12

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at

±3 kHz deviation (25 kHz channels)

(±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and

connect to an AC voltmeter.

3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).

4. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion

analyzer to J101 or J104.

5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distor-

tion. Distortion should be < 3%.

Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at

±3 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels

(±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion

analyzer to J101 or J104.

3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.

4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The

measured level must be ≤ -50 dB.

Receiver SINAD Measurement

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation

25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion

analyzer to J101 or J104.

3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.

4. Re-adjust RF level for 12 dB SINAD.

12 dB SINAD reading should be ≤ 0.35 µV.

Receiver Squelch Adjustment

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz, 25 kHz chan-

nels (±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion

analyzer to J101 or J104.

3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.

4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD.

5. On the MAC, adjust R234 so the Receiver just

squelches.

6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver

unsquelches. Reading should be ≤ 10 dB SINAD.

Receiver Data Level Adjustment

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 100 Hz tone at ±1 kHz, 25 kHz chan-

nels (±800 Hz deviation (12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and

connect to an AC voltmeter.

3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS.

Local Speaker/Microphone Check

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation,

25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz (12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into

J101/J102.

3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard.

Receiver Desense Check

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation,

25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).

2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion

analyzer to J101 or J104.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-13 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS.

4. Re-adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB

SINAD.

5. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

6. SINAD should not degrade more than 1 dB or to no

less than 11 dB SINAD.

7. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional)

Several additional tests may be performed on the

Repeater Receiver as listed below:

•Signal Displacement Bandwidth

•Adjacent Channel Rejection

•Offset Channel Selectivity

•Intermodulation Rejection

•Spurious Rejection

•Audio Response

•Audio Sensitivity

Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF

Generators, modulation frequencies and levels, RS-

232 levels and test probes following the latest TIA

document measurement procedures.

7.4.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUST-

MENTS

NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are

unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.

Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment

1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm

(578 mV RMS) to P100, pin 32.

2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an

AC voltmeter.

3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

4. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS).

5. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

6. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V

RMS) to P100, pin 32.

(Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.)

7. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

8. Adjust U149 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/

CurDn keys to set the maximum allowed deviation

at ±3.5 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels

(±1.6 kHz 12.5 kHz channels).

9. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

10.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32.

Repeat Audio Level Adjustment

NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be

completed before this test.

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation,

25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels).

Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set

to 3 kHz.

2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

3. On the MAC, adjust R237 to achieve ±1.5 kHz

(±100 Hz) transmit deviation, 25 kHz channels,

(±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels). Be sure the modula-

tion analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz.

4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

5. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31

(RX_VOICE).

6. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS).

7. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver.

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-14

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Data Level Adjustment

1. Remove VNC cards if present.

Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.

Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

2. Adjust U151 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/Cur/

Dn keys to achieve ±1 kHz (±100 Hz) transmit devi-

ation, 25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz

channels).

3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Audio/Data Deviation Check

1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm

(1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32.

Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.

2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

3. Measured deviation should be ±4.5 kHz (±200 Hz),

25 kHz channels (±2.4 kHz (±100 Hz) 12.5 kHz

channels).

4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Disconnect all cables.

CWID Level Check

1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz.

Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

2. Deviation should be 1.5 kHz to 2.5 kHz, 25 kHz

channels, (±0.750 kHz to 1.75 kHz, 12.5 kHz

channels).

3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Local Speaker/Microphone Check

1. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into

J101/J102. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to

3 kHz.

2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

3. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly

into the microphone.

4. Deviation should measure ±3 to ±3.5 kHz, 25 kHz

channels, (±0.75 kHz to 1.6 kHz, 12.5 kHz

channels).

5. Release the microphone PTT.

6. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional)

NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required

for this test.

1. On the modulation analyzer press:

300 Hz HPF

3000 Hz LPF

Pre-Display

750 µS

Avg RMS Cal

.44 (25 kHz channels)

.22 (12.5 kHz channels)

2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter and mea-

sure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The reading should

be less than -50 dB (12.5 kHz) or -55 dB (25 kHz).

3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

Transmit Audio Distortion

1. On the modulation analyzer press:

50 Hz

15 kHz

2. On the MAC, apply -11.7 dBm at 1 kHz to

P100, pin 32.

3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz deviation

(25 kHz) or ±0.5 kHz (12.5 kHz deviation).

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-15 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

5. On the modulation analyzer select:

300 Hz

3 kHz

750 µs de-emphasis

6. Distortion is < 2%.

LTR Modem Repeat Audio Level Adjust

NOTE: Valid only with LTR modem option.

1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the

receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation

(25 kHz channels) ±800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels).

Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set

to 3 kHz.

2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter.

3. Adjust R305 for ±1.5 kHz ±100 Hz deviation

(25 kHz channels) or 800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels)

out of the Transmitter.

4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter.

7.4.6 VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

NOTE: Use an unbalanced audio voltmeter.

1. Inject a 1 kHz tone at -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) into

J2, pin 17. This tone represents ±1.5 kHz deviation

in the Voter Receiver.

2. On the MAC, adjust R233 to obtain a level of

-6 dBm (387 mV RMS) at J100/J103.

7.4.7 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE: Section 7.4.5 must be completed before any of

the following adjustments can be made.

NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are

unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise.

Voice Audio From Repeater

1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF.

2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with

a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation.

3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm

input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and

RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater.

4. On the MAC, adjust R239 for the type of line used.

Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)

-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)

Microwave/T1 (optional)

-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)

Voice Audio To Repeater

1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF

(see Figure 7-9).

Figure 7-9 S100 SETTING

2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm

source, at the level determined by the type of line

used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the

back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-11).

Leased Line/Direct Connect (default)

-12 dBm (194 mV RMS)

Microwave/T1 (optional)

-28 dBm (31 mV RMS)

3. On the MAC, adjust R243 to obtain -6 dBm

(387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103.

876543

RXS- (GND)

RXS-

RXS+ (AUDIO)

RXS+ (FSK)

RXS- (GND)

TXS-

TXS+ (AUDIO)

TXS+ (FSK)

S100

S101

FSK

TXS+

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-16

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

7.4.8 REPEATER OPERATION

New HSDB Test

1. On the MPC, switch settings for RS-485 operation

are shown in Figure 7-10.

Figure 7-10 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS

2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand

Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section

4.3.1).

3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.

Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no

HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10)

see Table 1-2.

Handshake Test

1. Program an LTR portable or mobile for the follow-

ing parameters.

Home Repeater - Same as repeater number.

Area - Same as repeater’s area bit.

Home Repeater’s Channel Number -

Sameas repeater’s channel number.

Group 1 Encode/Decode - 1

2. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.

3. Key the radio several times on the programmed

System/Group. Access should occur every time.

(Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.)

Alarm Test

1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode.

2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no

alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2).

Figure 7-11 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK

TXS+

TXS-

RXS-

RXS+

RXA+

RXA-

TXA+

TXA-

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-17 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-12 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS

J103

J100

R236

J104

RX DATA

LEVEL

RX AUDIO

ADJUST

MAIN AUDIO

LEVEL

RX VOICE

TO RNT

RX VOICE 31

RX WB AUDIO 27

VOTER AUDIO 25

13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT

17 1

P100

LEVEL

AUDIO

VOTER

TX VOICE 32

LEVEL

VOICE

LEVEL

MOD

LEVEL

DATA

15 TX AUDIO +

16 TX AUDIO -

MAIN AUDIO

FROM RNT

SEC AUDIO

FSK

TO RNT

SEC AUDIO

TO RNT

P101

J101

J102

GND

A D LEVEL

TEST POINT

ON/OFF/VOL

SPEAKER/MIC

SPEAKER

LOCAL MIC

LOCAL SPKR

S100

3 TXS+

4 TXS-

S101

U149

U151

R301

R240

RX NET

R241

R242

R243

R305 R233

R238

R239

R237

R235

LEVEL

R244

TX VOICE

LEVEL

R234

NOISE

S102

R100

J105

WATCH DOG

RNT RS-232

SECONDARY AUDIO

TO RNT

EXTERNAL MODEM

5 4 3 2 1

2-3/4-5 NORMAL OPERATION

1-2/3-4 LTR DATA MODEM

RESET

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-18

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-13 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS

64 32

1234 12345678

110

DS1

CR1

CR2

CR4

68B

GRN

YEL

RED

COMPUTER I/O

PROGRAMMING

CONNECTOR

RESET

ON ON

123J5 123J6

CR5

CR3

76800

38400

19200

9600

4800

2400

1200

11.059 12

HSDB

MULTI-NET

EPROM MEMORY

WATCHDOG

BALANCED RX/TX

- MPC OPERATIONAL (BLINKING)

- ON = HIGH POWER, OFF = LOW POWER

- ON = LTR, OFF = MULTI-NET

USED WITH DS1 FOR ALARMS

USED WITH CR3/4 FOR ALARMS

+5V +12V

MEMORY

SELECT

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-19 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 7-14 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS

+15V (GRN)

+15V ACC (GRN)

-5V (GRN)

+5V (GRN)

CWID (GRN)

HANG (YEL)

SWITCH (YEL)

MOBILE (GRN)

XMIT(RED)

CR525

CR523

CR524

S508

J502

J501

CR500

CR504

CR505

CR502

CR503

CR501

S503

S501

P500

P501

117

32 16

133

S502

J500

S500

J503 J504

J505

ALARM 3 ALARM 4

ALARM 2

ALARM 1

+5V

+15V

GND

+5V

+15V

GND

+5V

+15V

GND

+5V

+15V

GND

ALARM 3

OUTPUT

123 13

1-2 ALARM

2-3 AD LEVEL

ALARM 4

OUTPUT

1-2 ALARM

2-3 AD LEVEL

AD LEVEL TP

GROUND

+15V TP

- NON-INVERTING (U503 CONTROL)

- NON-INVERTING

- INVERTED

SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT

POWER SUPPLY

DC ON/OFF

ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES

7-20

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

8-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SERVICING

SECTION 8 SERVICING

8.1 INTRODUCTION

8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS

This repeater should be put on a regular mainte-

nance schedule and an accurate performance record

maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity

and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power out-

put. It is recommended that repeater performance be

checked regularly even though periodic checks are not

specifically required by the FCC.

8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS

A large number of the components used in this

repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these

components are relatively small in size and are sol-

dered directly to the PC board, care must be used

when they are replaced to prevent damage to the com-

ponent or PC board. Surface-mounted components

should not be reused since they may be damaged by

the unsoldering process. For more information on

replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the

Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 001-

0576-002.

8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPO-

NENT LAYOUTS

Schematic diagrams and component layouts of

the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Sec-

tion 10. A component locator guide is also provided

for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in

component location.

8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

A replacement parts list containing all the parts

used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are

listed alpha numerically according to designator. For

information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.9.

8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE

Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field ser-

viceable because if a part is changed, a factory recali-

bration must be performed to ensure that it stays

within its ±2.5 PPM tolerance.

8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING

8.2.1 INTRODUCTION

Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no

VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can

be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incom-

plete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the syn-

thesizer chip is programmed incorrectly.

To make certain that the synthesizer chip is

receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the

chip should be monitored during programming. Pin

17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18

(Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses.

Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data

pulses.

When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of

the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow nega-

tive-going pulses. These pulses become wider when

the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition

exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO,

it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected

by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then

does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver

cannot unsquelch.

When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs

to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections

6.1.6 and 6.2.1). The phase detector in the synthesizer

then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the high

or low end of its operating range (Tx VCO 0 or 9V, Rx

VCO 0 or 18V). This in turn causes the VCO to oscil-

late at the high or low end of its range.

As shown in Figures 6-2 and 6-4, a loop is

formed by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and

the phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if

any of these components begin to malfunction,

improper signals appear throughout the loop. How-

ever, correct operation of the counters can still be veri-

fied by measuring the input and output frequencies to

check the divide number.

Proceed as follows to check the input and output

signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they

are operating properly.

SERVICING

8-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

8.2.2 TCXO MODULE

Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be

17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approxi-

mately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not ser-

viceable and must be replaced with a new unit as

described in Section 8.1.5.

Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the syn-

thesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the

signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be

defective.

8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR

(VCO)

Check for VCO output signal with a high imped-

ance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if

the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective.

Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of

the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than

100 mV P-P, the VCO buffer is defective.

Lock Detector

When the VCO is locked on frequency, the wave-

form at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When

the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses

should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1.

If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check

prescaler input pin 11 (F In).

The operation of the N and A counters can be

observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV)

equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 6.25 kHz if the synthesizer is

locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal.

Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM

Modulus Control Signal

1. The frequency of the modulus control signal on

TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter out-

put frequency (either in or out of lock). When the

VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 6.25 kHz.

2. The duty cycle of the modulus control signal deter-

mines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty

cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows:

T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No

T2 = 160 µs when locked.

Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM

If the modulus control signal is not correct, the

synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be

programming the correct divide number.

8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER

Checking Prescaler Divide Number

The prescaler divide number can be checked by

measuring the input and output frequencies. The pres-

caler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A

and N counter divide numbers are calculated as

described in Section 8.2.5.)

Prescaler Divide Number =

64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No)

10us/DIV 2V/DIV

80us

50ns

10us/DIV 2V/DIV

SERVICING

8-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Example: 150.250 MHz (receive)

Prescaler Div No = 64 + (40 ÷ 507) = 64.106666

Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin

11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2, pin

13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is not

locked on frequency, the divide number should still be

correct. The measured frequencies may not be exactly

as calculated due to counter accuracy and resolution

limitations.

8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER

DIVIDE NUMBERS

"N" Counter

N Counter Divide Number =

Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.4)

6.25 kHz (64) ÷ 1 MHz = 0.4

EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive)

VCO freq = 150.025 + 52.95 = 202.975 MHz

N Cntr Div No = 202.975 ÷ 0.4 = 507.4375

Integer (whole no.) of 507.4375 = 507

EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit)

N Cntr Div No = 150.250 ÷ 0.4 = 375.625

Integer (whole no.) of 375.625 = 375

"A" Counter

A Counter Divide Number =

(VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .00625) - (N Cntr Div No x 64)

EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive)

A Cntr Div No = (202.975 ÷ .00625) - (507 x 64)

= 32,476 - 32,448

= 28

EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit)

A Cntr Div No = (150.250 ÷ .00625) - (375 x 64)

= 24,040 - 24,000

= 40

8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING

To isolate a receiver problem to a defective sec-

tion, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Sec-

tion 6.1.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10).

If that does not indicate the problem, perform the per-

formance tests in Section 7.1 to isolate the problem. If

the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also non-

functional because the first injection and IF signals

will be incorrect.

8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING

To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective

section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in

Sections 7.2.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section

10). If that does not indicate the problem, perform the

performance tests in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 to isolate the

problem. If the synthesizer is out of lock, the exciter is

also nonfunctional because the software will not allow

the repeater to transmit.

8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING

The power supply is a switch mode type with

very high voltages. It is recommended that the power

supply be returned to the factory for servicing (see

Section 1.8). Customers that desire to do their own

repairs can obtain a service manual for the power sup-

ply, Part No. 004-2000-810.

SERVICING

8-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW

Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW

+28V

GND

+15V

AC FAIL

THERMAL

SENSE

ON/OFF

GND

+5V

-5V

+15V

B- B+ TEMP ACTIVE

CHARGER

FAULT

BATTERY

REVERSE

GROUND

EARTH

NEUTRAL

LINE

SWITCH

SERVICING

8-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

Standby Battery Jack

This provides a connection point for a +24V DC

standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery

only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has

failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can be

switched in to charge the battery when AC returns.

The charger switch is removed when a separate battery

charger is used (see Figure 8-4). The standby battery

connection to the power supply is factory or field

installable.

NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn

from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater

is going to be turned off for more than one week (with

good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed

from the DC cable harness.

8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS

Secondary voltages can be checked at the power

supply connector with the power supply removed from

the Repeater. First the on/off line must be grounded,

jumper pin 5 to ground, then check the supply voltages

as shown (see Figure 8-3). If voltages are absent the

supply must be sent to the E.F. Johnson Company.

8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION

8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36XX-

XXX)

Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using

either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The

values for both standards are shown in Table 8-1.

American EIA Standard

Uses a single letter or number to indicate the

value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate

the multiplier.

Japanese EIA Standard

Uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a

number to indicate the multiplier.

Example: 15 pF capacitor

American - Single Black "E"

Japanese -"E1"

The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar

to indicate the temperature coefficient.

Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO

XX = NPO XX = N150 XX = N220

XX = N330 XX = N470 XX = N750

|XX = X7R

8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS

(510-26XX-XXX)

Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with

vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usu-

ally indicated by a colored board or beveled edge. The

value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the

capacitor or by using a special code.

8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX)

Three colored dots are used to indicate the value

of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indi-

cate the first and second digits of the value in nano-

Henries, and the single dot on the right side indicates

the multiplier (see Table 8-2).

Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red

10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH)

The last three digits of the part number are also

the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are

shown in Table 8-2.

8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS

The value of chip resistors is indicated by a num-

ber printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to

identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit number

is used to identify ±1% resistors.

SERVICING

8-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and

±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the

E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as

shown.

Example:

273 27k ohm

339 3.3 ohm

Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identi-

fied by a 4-digit number and others may not have a

marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the

first three digits are the value and the fourth is the

multiplier.

Example: 5761 5.76k ohm

Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR

9 = 0.1

8 = 0.01

3 = 1k

4 = 10k

5 = 100k

6 = 1M

7 = 10M

2 = 100

1 = 10

0 = 0

MultiplierValue in ohms

XXX

Table 8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP

IDENTIFICATION

American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard

First Letter/

Number Value (pF) First Letter/

Number Value (pF)

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

2.7

3.0

3.3

3.6

3.9

4.3

4.7

5.1

5.6

6.2

6.8

7.5

8.2

9.1

Color Multiplier Second

Number Multiplier

Orange 0.1 0 1

Black 1 1 10

Green 10 2 100

Blue 100 3 1000

Violet 1000 4 10,000

Red 10,000 5 100,000

SERVICING

8-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Surface mounted transistors and diodes are iden-

tified by a special number that is shown in a table on

Section 10.

8.7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the

thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The

old Grafoil must be completely removed from the

heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic

scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the

old Grafoil.

Table 8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

Color 1st Digit 2nd Digit Multiplier

(Last PN Digit)

Black 0 0 1 (7)

Brown 1 1 10 (8)

Red 2 2 100 (9)

Orange 3 3 1000 (0)

Yellow 4 4 10,000 (1)

Green 5 5 100,000 (2)

Blue 6 6 ---

Violet 7 7 ---

Gray 8 8 ---

White 9 9 0.1 (6)

SERVICING

8-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

9-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

PARTS LIST

SECTION 9 PARTS LIST

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER

PART NO. 242-2011-213 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 242-2031-213(150-178 MHz)

A 003 132-150 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2011-932

150-178 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2031-932

A 006 132-150 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2011-836

150-178 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2031-836

A 010 2000 series 800W power supply023-2000-800

HW0016-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012

MP033 PA hold down bracket 017-2210-032

PA001 Main Processor Card assem** 023-2000-310

PA002 Main Audio Card assem** 023-2000-320

PA003 Interface Alarm Card assem** 023-2000-350

PA004 Repeater enclosure assembly 023-2000-200

W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG 597-1001-013

**Requires Application Engineering authorization to

purchase.

110W VHF LTR REPEATER

PART NO. 023-2011-932 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 023-2031-932 (150-178 MHz)

A 002 132-150 MHz circulator 585-0590-008

150-178 MHz circulator 585-0590-009

A 004 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon 023-2000-190

A 005 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon 023-2000-190

A 008 7.25" cable N-BNC 597-3003-292

A 009 PA RF input coax assembly 597-3002-031

C 001 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 002 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 003 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 004 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 005 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 006 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 007 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 008 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 009 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

S Y M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 010 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 011 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 012 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

C 013 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102

EP500 Jumper/RF power detector 016-2228-015

HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028

HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028

J 001 2-pin lock receptacle #22 515-9032-232

J 002 2-pin lock receptacle #22 515-9032-232

PA001 110W PA mechanical assem 023-2004-732

PA008 RF Interface board assembly 023-2008-110

PA009 110W 132-150 MHz PA 023-2061-520

110W 150-178 MHz PA 023-2081-520

R 668 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003

REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

PART NO. 023-2000-200

A 004 Shelf power harness assembly 023-2000-165

A 005 High speed data bus harness 023-2000-170

A 006 Input/Output harness assem 023-2000-175

A 007 Alarm harness assembly 023-2000-180

A 008 RF input harness assembly 023-2000-185

A 009 Controller backplane card 023-2000-210

A 010 External connector board 023-2000-220

A 011 Power supply filter board 023-2000-250

CH017 Chassis 017-2210-080

EP001 Ferrite bead 517-2002-008

EP002 Ferrite bead 517-2002-009

EP010 3/8" heat shrink tubing 042-0241-556

EP011 3/8" heat shrink tubing 042-0241-556

HW013 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-014

HW014 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-012

HW016 8-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1608-012

HW017 10-32 machine panhead phil 575-1610-016

HW018 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008

PARTS LIST

9-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

HW019 6-32 machine flathead philips 575-8206-016

HW020 6-32 x 0.094 nut 560-1106-010

HW021 8-32 socket head shield screw 575-9078-106

HW022 8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB 596-2408-012

HW023 #10 flat washer NPB 596-1410-016

HW024 1/2" cable clamp 572-0001-007

HW025 Ratcheting flat wire 572-0011-005

HW026 Floating connector shield 018-1007-028

HW027 Floating connector cushion 018-1132-150

HW029 Speed nut 0.093 stud 537-0002-004

HW030 4-40 shield screw 575-9078-105

HW031 Lens, adhesive 574-3002-115

HW032 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-024

HW033 6 x 0.018 lockwasher 596-1106-009

HW036 High vinyl foot 574-1004-003

J 010 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2302-621

J 011 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2303-621

J 012 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2301-621

MP001 PA floating connector bracket 017-2210-099

MP012 8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375 013-1723-221

MP013 Guide pin shield 013-1723-220

MP015 Chassis top cover 017-2210-070

MP017 Door lock rod 013-1723-225

MP018 Mounting ears 017-2210-085

MP019 Door lock cam 017-2210-110

MP020 Front door lens 032-0758-025

MP021 PA slide 032-0758-015

MP022 Front door 032-0758-020

MP024 Slide lock cam 537-9007-012

MP025 Card guide 4.5" 574-9015-006

MP026 PA conn floating plate 017-2226-020

MP028 Flexible grommet 574-0001-025

MP029 Flexible grommet 574-0001-025

MP030 Spacer 013-1723-228

MP031 Spacer 013-1723-229

MP032 Dowel pin guide 013-1723-230

NP001 Nameplate E.F. Johnson 559-5861-163

TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL

PART NO. 023-2000-205

CH252 Transceiver housing 015-0902-010

EP252 0.093 OD RF shield gasket 574-3002-036

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

HW2726-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010

HW2736-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016

MP253 Transceiver deck cover 015-0902-015

CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD

PART NO. 023-2000-210

F 001 4 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-020

F 002 4 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-020

F 003 1 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-014

FH001 Fuse holder 534-0017-001

FH002 Fuse holder 534-0017-001

FH003 Fuse holder 534-0017-001

HW012Polarizing key box cont 515-7109-010

J 001 34 pin latch ejection header 515-9031-400

J 002 34 pin latch ejection header 515-9031-400

MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5" 312-2483-216

MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75" 312-2483-224

P 001 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 002 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 003 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 004 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 005 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 006 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 007 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 008 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 009 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 010 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397

P 011 6-pin friction lock conn 515-9031-205

P 012 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 013 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 014 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 015 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 016 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

P 017 32-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-200

P 018 64-pin DIN female straight 515-7082-201

PC001 PC board 035-2000-210

PARTS LIST

9-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD

PART NO. 023-2000-220

HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener 560-9106-010

HW002 Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010

J 001 26-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-426

J 002 34-pos terminal block PC mt 515-7110-434

J 003 34-pos latch ejection header 515-9031-400

NP001 External connector label 559-0069-060

P 001 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397

PC001 PC board 035-2000-220

POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD

PART NO. 023-2000-250

C 001 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102

C 002 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102

C 003 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102

EP020 Ferrite bead 517-2002-007

EP021 Ferrite bead 517-2002-007

PC001 PC board 035-2000-240

RF INTERFACE BOARD

PART NO. 023-2008-110

C 101 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 102 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-229

C 103 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-479

C 104 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 105 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-390

C 107 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-229

C 108 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183

C 109 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

C 110 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 111 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473

C 112 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 113 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473

C 114 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 115 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-473

C 116 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103

C 117 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 119 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 120 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 125 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-103

C 126 .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip 510-3605-183

C 130 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 132 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

C 135 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

C 141 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

C 143 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 149 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 150 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-102

CR101 Switching SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR103 3.9V zener SOT-23 523-2016-399

CR104 4.7V zener SOT-23 523-2016-479

CR107 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR108 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR109 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR110 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR111 Dual switching common-cath 523-1504-022

EP101 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106

EP102 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106

EP103 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106

EP104 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106

EP105 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106

F 101 2A 250V AC sub-min 534-0017-017

F 102 2A 250V AC sub-min 534-0017-017

FH101 Fuse holder PC mount 534-1017-001

FH102 Fuse holder PC mount 534-1017-001

HW105Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010

HW106Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010

HW2476-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012

J 101 36-pin right angle radial 515-0511-001

J 102 20-pin straight low profile 515-9031-376

J 103 20-pin straight low profile 515-9031-376

J 104 4-pin right angle header 515-9035-004

L 101 3 µH filter choke PC mount 542-5007-031

MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028

PARTS LIST

9-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

P 101 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001

P 102 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001

P 103 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001

P 104 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001

P 105 Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001

PC100 PC board 035-2008-110

Q 101 Si PNP low noise SOT-23 576-0003-657

Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 103 PNP D-pak power 576-0002-603

Q 104 Si NPN low noise SOT-23 576-0003-657

Q 105 Si NPN amp SOT-23 576-0003-658

Q 106 Si NPN SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 107 PNP D-pak power 576-0002-603

Q 108 Si NPN gen purp sw/amp 576-0001-300

R 045 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 046 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 048 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752

R 049 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-152

R 050 4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-368

R 051 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 052 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 053 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 054 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 055 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

R 056 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-474

R 057 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 059 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 061 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 063 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 064 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 065 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 066 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 073 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 074 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 075 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 076 5k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-502

R 078 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 079 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 080 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 081 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 082 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 083 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 084 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 085 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 086 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 087 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 088 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 089 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 090 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 091 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 092 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 093 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 094 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 095 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 100 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 101 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 102 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

R 103 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 104 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 105 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

R 106 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 107 560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-561

R 108 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

R 109 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 110 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 111 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331

R 112 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 113 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182

R 114 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182

R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 116 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 117 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-271

R 118 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 119 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 120 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 121 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 122 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 123 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 124 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 125 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 126 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 127 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 128 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 129 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 130 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 131 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 132 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 133 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 134 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-430

R 135 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 136 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

PARTS LIST

9-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 137 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 138 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 139 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 140 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 143 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 144 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 145 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 146 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 147 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 148 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 149 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 151 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 152 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 153 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 154 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 155 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 156 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 157 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 158 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 159 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 160 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 161 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 162 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 163 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 164 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 165 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 166 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 167 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 168 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 169 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 170 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 171 511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-269

R 172 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 173 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 174 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 175 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 176 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 177 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 178 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 179 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 180 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 181 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 182 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 183 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 184 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 185 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 187 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 188 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 189 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 190 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 191 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-220

R 192 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 193 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 194 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 199 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

U 101 +5V regulator 78L05 544-2603-039

U 102 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 103 8-bit shift register MC14094 544-3016-094

U 104 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051

U 105 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051

U 106 8-chan mux 4051 544-3016-051

U 107 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 108 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 109 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2020-014

U 110 Hex non-inv buffer 4050B 544-3016-050

U 111 Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904 544-2019-004

U 112 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2020-014

REPEATER RX/EX MODULE

PART NO. 023-2011-836 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 023-2031-836 (150-178 MHz)

A 201 RF input coax for Rx 023-2000-161

A 203 Receiver board top shield 023-2000-199

HW001 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut 560-9079-028

HW002 5/8 x 0.02 int lockwasher CPS 596-9119-028

HW205 Polarizing key box connector 515-7109-010

HW249 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-020

HW250 #10 flat washer ZPS 596-1410-016

HW404 Polarizing key box connector 515-7109-010

J 201 20-pin right angle header 515-9031-375

J 401 20-pin right angle header 515-9031-375

MP200 Transceiver pad 017-2210-105

MP204 Transceiver bottom shield 017-2210-101

PARTS LIST

9-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

PA002 Transceiver mechanical 023-2000-205

PA004 132-150 MHz Receiver 585-2061-270

150-178 MHz Receiver 585-2081-270

PA005 132-150 MHz Exciter 585-2061-400

150-178 MHz Exciter 585-2081-400

RECEIVE VCO 132-150 MHz

A401

C 101 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 102 2 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CK020D50

C 103 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 104 7 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH070C50

C 105 56 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH560J50

C 106 56 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH560J50

C 107 10 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 108 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 109 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 110 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 111 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470J50

C 112 10 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 113 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 114 15 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50

C 115 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 116 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 118 22 µF 25V electrolytic

D 101 Varactor HVU202A

L 101 10 µH inductor ELJ-FC100K

L 102 3.5 turn inductor

L 103 1 µH inductor ELJ-FC1ROM

L 104 .1 µH inductor LQN21AR10K

Q 101 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 102 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 103 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 104 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712

R 101 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 102 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 103 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 104 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 105 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 106 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 107 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 108 4.7K ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ472

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 109 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561

R 110 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 112 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER

PART NO. 585-2061-270 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 585-2081-270 (150-178 MHz)

A 201 Cable assembly

A 401 VCO Unit

C 101 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 102 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50

C 103 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50

C 104 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 105 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 106 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 107 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 108 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 109 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 130 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 131 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 132 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 133 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 134 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 135 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 136 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 137 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 139 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 140 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 144 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 145 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 146 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50

C 147 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470J50

C 148 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 149 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 150 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 151 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50

C 152 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 153 22 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH220J50

C 154 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 155 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 156 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 157 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 158 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 159 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 160 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

PARTS LIST

9-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 161 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 162 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 163 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50

C 164 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 165 1 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CK010D50

C 166 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 169 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50

C 201 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 202 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 203 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 205 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 206 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 207 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 208 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 109 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 210 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50

C 211 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 212 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 213 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 214 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50

C 215 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 216 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50

C 217 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 218 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 219 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 220 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 221 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 222 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 223 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 225 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 226 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 227 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 228 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50

C 236 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 237 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 238 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 240 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 241 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 242 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 243 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 244 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 245 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50

C 246 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 247 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

C 248 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 250 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50

C 251 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 252 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50

C 253 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 254 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 255 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 256 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 257 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 258 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 261 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 262 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 263 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50

C 265 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 266 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 267 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 268 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 269 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 270 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50

C 271 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50

C 275 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 276 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 277 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 278 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 280 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50

C 281 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50

C 282 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 283 120 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B121K50

C 284 330 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B331K50

C 301 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 302 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 303 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 304 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 306 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 307 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 308 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 309 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 310 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 311 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 312 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 313 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 314 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 315 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 316 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 317 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 318 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 351 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 401 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 402 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 403 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

PARTS LIST

9-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 404 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B821K50

C 405 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 406 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 407 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 408 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 409 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 410 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 411 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 412 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 413 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 415 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 432 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 433 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 434 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 435 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 436 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 437 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 439 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 440 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 441 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 443 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 444 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 445 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 446 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50

C 447 1 µF 16V tantalum chip SVA1C105M

C 450 1 µF 50V poly film 553M5002-105K

C 451 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 452 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50

C 454 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 455 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 456 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 457 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 458 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 459 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 460 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 461 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 462 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 463 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 464 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

CR131 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2

CR132 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2

CR133 Diode chip HSM107S

CR401 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2

CR402 Si diode chip HSM123

CV101 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

CV102 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV103 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV104 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV105 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV106 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV151 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV152 Variable capacitor ECV-1ZW04X53T

CV201 5 pF variable capacitor

CV202 5 pF variable capacitor

CV211 5 pF variable capacitor

CV212 5 pF variable capacitor

J 201 Connector 2520-5002UB

L 101 Helical coil

L 102 Helical coil

L 103 Helical coil

L 108 Helical coil

L 109 Helical coil

L 110 Helical coil

L 130 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK

L 131 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K

L 132 1 µH SMD ELJ-FC1ROM

L 133 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK

L 134 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K

L 135 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK

L 136 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK

L 137 47 nH SMD KQ1008TE47NK

L 138 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K

L 139 22 nH SMD KQ1008TE22NK

L 151 Helical coil

L 152 Helical coil

L 201 Variable inductor LV5015

L 202 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M

L 203 Variable inductor LV5015

L 204 Variable inductor LV5015

L 205 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M

L 206 Variable inductor LV5015

L 211 Variable inductor LV5015

L 212 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M

L 213 Variable inductor LV5015

L 214 Variable inductor LV5015

L 215 .68 µH SMD LQH3NR68M

L 216 Variable inductor LV5015

L 222 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K

L 223 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K

L 224 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K

PARTS LIST

9-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

L 401 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K

L 402 1 µH SMD ELJ-FC1ROM

L 403 .1 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K

L 404 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K

L 405 .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER22K

Q 131 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 132 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 133 NPN SOT-89 2SC3357

Q 134 NPN SOT-89 2SC3357

Q 201 NPN SOT-23 2SC2351

Q 202 NPN SOT-23 2SC2351

Q 203 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 204 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 401 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 402 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 403 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 404 NPN SOT-23 2SC2714

Q 405 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162

Q 406 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712

Q 407 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162

Q 408 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162

Q 409 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712

Q 410 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 411 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356

R 105 200 ohm 1/2W chip MCR50 EZH J 201

R 106 200 ohm 1/2W chip MCR50 EZH J 201

R 107 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 108 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 130 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 131 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

R 132 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 133 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 134 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 135 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 136 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100

R 137 33 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ330

R 139 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

R 140 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

R 141 18 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ180

R 142 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 143 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 144 390 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ391

R 145 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 146 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 147 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 148 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

R 149 18 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ180

R 150 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 151 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 152 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 153 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680

R 154 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680

R 157 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 158 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 159 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 160 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 161 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 201 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182

R 202 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681

R 203 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 204 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 205 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561

R 206 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182

R 207 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 208 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 211 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ512

R 212 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 213 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 214 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 215 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 217 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 218 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 228 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182

R 233 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182

R 234 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681

R 235 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 236 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 237 560 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ561

R 239 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 240 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 243 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ512

R 244 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 245 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 246 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 247 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 249 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 250 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 254 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ182

R 255 680 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ681

R 256 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 257 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 258 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

PARTS LIST

9-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 259 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 260 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 261 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100

R 262 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 401 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 402 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYF4991

R 403 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYF4991

R 404 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 406 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272

R 407 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 408 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 409 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 410 68k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ683

R 411 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 412 4.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ432

R 413 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 414 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 423 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 424 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 426 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 427 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 428 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 429 820 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ821

R 430 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 431 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 432 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 433 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 434 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333

R 435 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 436 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 437 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 438 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ822

R 439 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 440 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 441 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333

R 442 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100

R 443 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 444 4.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ472

R 445 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 446 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

R 447 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 448 33 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ330

R 449 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

RV201 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472

RV203 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472

RV211 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472

RV213 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXBRN472

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

U 101 Mixer LRMS-1H

U 102 IC Op Amp NJM 2904M

U 103 MMIC ERA 5SM

U 201 IC MC3371D

U 202 IC Op Amp NJM2904M

U 203 IC MC3371D

U 204 IC Op Amp NJM2904M

U 301 IC 6V regulator NJM78L06

U 302 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12

U 303 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12

U 304 IC 12V regulator NJM78L12

U 401 IC MC145191

Y 201 17.5 MHz TCXO

Z 201 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009

Z 202 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009

Z 204 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D

Z 205 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D

Z 206 450 kHz variable coil IF0342

Z 211 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009

Z 212 52.95 MHz crystal filter 532-0009-009

Z 214 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D

Z 215 450 kHz ceramic filter SFG4560D

Z 216 450 kHz variable coil IF0342

TRANSMIT VCO 132-178 MHz

A 007 VCO unit

C 101 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50

C 102 7 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH070C50

C 103 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50

C 104 2 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50

C 105 0.5 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50

C 106 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50

C 107 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50

C 108 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50

C 109 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50

C 110 0.1 µF 50V ceramic chipGRM40F104Z50

C 111 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50

C 112 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50

C 113 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50

C 114 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50

C 115 47 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH470J50

C 116 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50

C 117 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50

PARTS LIST

9-11 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 118 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

D 101 Detector HVU202A

D 102 Detector HVU202A

L 101 10 µH ELJ-FC100K

L 102 3.5T

L 103 1 µF ELJ-FC1ROM

L 104 0.1 µH LQN21AR10K

Q 101 NPN oscillator SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 102 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 103 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 104 NPN active filter SOT-23 2SC2712

R 101 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 102 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 103 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 104 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 105 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 106 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 107 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 108 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 109 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272

R 110 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 111 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 112 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

EXCITER

PART NO. 585-2061-400 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 585-2081-400 (150-178 MHz)

C 401 .047 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B473K50

C 409 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 410 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 416 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 417 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 418 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 419 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 420 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50

C 421 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 422 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 423 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 424 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 425 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 426 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 428 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 429 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 431 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50

C 432 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470K50

C 433 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 434 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 443 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 444 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 446 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 452 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 453 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH821J50

C 456 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 457 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50

C 461 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 462 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 463 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D106M

C 464 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 465 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 466 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 467 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 469 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 470 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 471 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 472 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 474 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 475 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50

C 476 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 479 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 480 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 481 1 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D105M

C 482 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 483 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 484 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 485 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 496 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D106M

C 498 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 499 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 504 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50

C 505 18 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH180J50

C 506 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 507 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50

C 508 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 509 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50

C 510 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50

C 513 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50

C 514 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50

C 515 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50

C 516 3 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH030C50

PARTS LIST

9-12

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 517 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50

C 518 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M

C 519 1 µF 50V poly ester film 553M5002-105K

C 520 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

C 521 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 522 2.2 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D225M

C 523 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50

C 524 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50

CR401 9.1V zener RD9.1ML

CR402 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2

CR403 5.1V zener RD5.1ML B2

J 401 Connector 2520-5002UB

J 402 Connector SMB PCB mount

L 402 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K

L 403 22 nH KQE1008TE22NK

L 405 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K

L 406 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K

L 410 47 nH KQE100847NK

L 411 .1 µH KQE1008TER10K

L 412 47 nH KQE100847NK

L 413 22 nH KQE1008TE22NK

Q 403 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 404 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 405 PNP Switch SOT-23 2SB624

Q 406 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 407 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 410 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 411 NPN buffer SOT-23 2SC3356

Q 412 NPN amplifier SOT-89 2SC3357

Q 413 NPN amplifier SOT-89 2SC3357

Q 414 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712

Q 415 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162

Q 416 PNP SOT-23 2SA1162

Q 417 NPN SOT-23 2SC2712

R 402 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 403 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 404 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 405 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 414 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123

R 415 5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ502

R 416 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 417 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 419 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123

R 422 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 424 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 426 0 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ0R0

R 427 62k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ633

R 428 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100

R 429 5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ502

R 430 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272

R 431 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 432 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 433 270 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ271

R 434 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 435 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 436 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 437 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 438 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 439 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 440 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 441 47k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ473

R 444 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 445 82k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ823

R 447 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 448 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 449 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 450 10 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ100

R 451 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ272

R 452 100 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ101

R 453 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 454 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

R 455 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 456 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 457 39 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ390

R 458 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 459 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 460 39 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ390

R 461 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 462 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 463 56 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ560

R 465 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

R 466 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 467 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

R 468 68 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ680

R 476 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 477 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ152

R 478 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 479 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

R 480 6.8k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ682

R 481 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ122

PARTS LIST

9-13 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 486 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123

R 489 330 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ331

R 494 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 495 33k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ333

R 496 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 497 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

R 498 100k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ104

R 499 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ822

R 500 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ332

R 501 1k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ102

RV101 47k variable chip MVR32HXBRN473

RV401 47k variable chip MVR32HXBRN473

U 402 IC mod amp/buffer NJM2904

U 403 IC synthesizer MC14519F

U 404 IC mod amp/buffer NJM2904

U 405 +5V regulator NJM78L05

U 406 +12V regulator NJM78L12

U 407 IC voltage reference NJM2904M

Y 401 17.5 MHz TCXO

110 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER

PART NO. 585-2061-520 (132-150 MHz)

PART NO. 585-2081-520 (150-178 MHz)

C 501 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 502 39 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50PT

C 503 6 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH060D50PT

C 506 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 507 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM50B103K50PT

C 508 1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B105K16PT

C 510 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 512 10 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH100D50PT

C 513 3 pF ceramic chip GRM40CK030C50PT

C 514 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 516 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 517 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 519 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

C 520 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 521 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 522 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 523 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 524 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

C 525 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 526 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

S Y M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 527 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT

C 529 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 532 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 533 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT

C 534 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT

C 535 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT

C 536 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT

C 537 24 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH240J50PT

C 538 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT

C 539 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 540 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT

C 542 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 543 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT

C 544 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 545 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

C 546 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 547 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 548 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

C 549 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 550 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 551 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 552 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 553 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 554 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 555 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 556 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 557 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

C 558 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 559 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 560 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 561 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 562 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 563 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 564 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J

C 565 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J

C 565A100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J

C 566 100 pF mica chip UC232A1000J

C 569 240 pF mica chip UC232A2400J

C 570 240 pF mica chip UC232A2400J

C 573 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 574 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 575 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 576 1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B105K16PT

C 577 39 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50PT

C 578 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 579 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM50B103K50PT

C 580 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB

PARTS LIST

9-14

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 581 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 582 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 583 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 584 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB

C 591 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 592 .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT

C 593 .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT

C 594 .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT

C 598 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J

C 599 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J

C 600 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB

C 601 45 pF trimmer CV01C450

C 602 45 pF trimmer CV01C450

C 603 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT

C 604 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT

C 605 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT

C 606 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT

C 607 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J

C 608 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J

C 609 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J

C 610 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J

C 611 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J

C 612 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J

C 613 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J

C 614 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J

C 615 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J

C 616 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J

C 617 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J

C 618 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J

CR501 6.2V zener RF6.2MB2

CR502 6.2V zener RF6.2MB2

Q 501 Pre-driver 2SK2973

Q 502 Final amplifier MRF275L

Q 503 Final amplifier MRF275L

R 501 82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J

R 502 82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J

R 503 Zero ohm chip TDR6G-0R00-J

R 503A82 ohm chip TDR6G-820-J

R 504 100 ohm chip TDR6G-101-J

R 505 1k ohm chip TDR6G-102-J

R 506 3.9k ohm chip TDR6G-392-J

R 507 47 ohm chip TDR6G-470-J

R 509 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 510 0.03 ohm power chip R030

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 511 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 512 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J

R 513 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J

R 514 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 515 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 516 0.03 ohm power chip R030

R 517 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J

R 518 5k variable chip

R 519 2.2k ohm chip TDR6G-222-J

R 520 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J

R 521 10k ohm chip 3216

R 522 80k chip thermistor

R 523 2k ohm chip TDR6G-202-J

R 524 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 525 200 ohm chip TDR6G-201-J

R 526 0.03 ohm power chip R030

R 527 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J

R 528 5k variable chip

R 529 2.2k ohm chip TDR6G-222-J

R 530 4.7k ohm chip TDR6G-472-J

R 531 10k ohm chip 3216

R 532 80k chip thermistor

R 533 240 ohm chip TDR6G-241-J

R 534 56 ohm chip TDR6G-560-J

R 536 75 ohm chip TDR6G-750-J

R 537 100k ohm 1% chip TDR6G-104-F

R 538 301k ohm 1% chip 3013

R 539 470 ohm chip TDR6G-471-J

R 540 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H

R 541 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H

R 542 2.2 ohm chip ERJ1WY2R2H

R 543 2.2 ohm chip ERJBG2R2

R 544 2.2 ohm chip ERJBG2R2

U 501 Driver (132-150 MHz) M57719L

Driver (150-178 MHz) M57719L

U 502 +8V regulator TA78L08F

U 503 Current sensor MAX472ESA

U 504 Current sensor MAX472ESA

U 505 +5V regulator 78L05

U 507 Temperature sensor LM35D

U 508 DC amplifier NJM2904M

U 509 current sensor MAX472ESA

PARTS LIST

9-15 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

LOW-PASS FILTER

PART NO. 023-2004-600

A 620 Low pass filter assembly 023-2004-620

MP600 LPF mounting plate 017-2222-264

FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR

C 601 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 602 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 603 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 604 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 605 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 606 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 607 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 608 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 609 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 610 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 611 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M

C 612 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 613 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 614 5 pF 50V chip GRM40CH050C50

C 651 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 652 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 653 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 654 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 655 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 656 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 657 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 658 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 659 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 660 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 661 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 662 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M

C 663 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M

C 664 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50

C 665 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M

C 666 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50

C 667 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M

CR601 Veri-cap diode 1SS306

CR651 Vari-cap diode 1SS306

L 602 8T

L 603 8T

S Y M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

L 652 8T

L 653 8T

L 654 8T

R 601 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510

R 603 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 604 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510

R 605 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 606 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 607 22k ohm1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 608 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 610 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 612 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 613 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 615 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 616 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 651 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510

R 653 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510

R 654 51 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510

R 655 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 656 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

R 657 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 658 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 659 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 660 150 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ151

R 662 10k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ103

R 663 7.5k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ752

R 664 12k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ123

R 665 470 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ471

R 666 220 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ221

R 667 47 ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ470

R 669 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ223

RV601 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472

RV651 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472

U 601 DC amplifier SO-8 NJM2904M

U 651 DC amplifier SO-8 NJM2904M

U 652 +5V regulator 78L05 NJM78L05

POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL

PART NO. 023-2004-732

B 252 24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26" 529-2002-027

EP200 6-14 ground lug 586-0007-070

PARTS LIST

9-16

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

HW251 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-008

HW253 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-012

HW254 1/8" cable clamp 572-0001-001

HW255 6-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010

HW256 4-40 panhead philips ZPS 575-1604-010

HW257 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-010

HW258 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-016

HW259 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008

HW260 6 x 0.018 lockwasher int ZPS 596-1206-010

HW261 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres 018-1007-030

HW262 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf 018-1007-032

HW265 Grafoil M67709 018-1007-105

HW266 Grafoil isolator 018-1007-041

HW268 10-32 HHSL Sems scr ZPS 575-9810-012

HW269 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp 574-3002-110

HW270 8-32 panhead CPS philips 575-0608-008

HW300 Solder ground terminal 017-2210-213

HW777 Self mount wire tie 574-9008-025

MP240 PA coax ground tab 017-2210-038

MP254 M PA plate align dowel pin 013-1723-216

MP256 PA shield, left 017-2210-121

MP257 PA shield, top 017-2210-022

MP258 PA shield, right, 1 fan 017-2210-023

MP262 Low-pass filter shield 017-2210-209

MP268 M PA stop 013-1723-222

MP270 PA shield 017-2210-207

800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD

PART NO. 023-2000-810

A 002 Pin feed EPROM blank label 559-1154-004

A 802 Wireharness 023-2000-803

A 803 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-840

C 101 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221

C 102 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 103 220 nF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224

C 104 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 105 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 106 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152

C 107 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 510-4075-152

C 108 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471

C 109 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 110 330 µF 450V aluminum 510-4574-331

C 111 330 µF 450V aluminum 510-4574-331

C 113 .0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-472

C 114 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 115 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 116 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 117 .47 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-478

C 118 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271

C 119 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 120 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271

C 121 .0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-272

C 122 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471

C 123 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 124 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 125 .0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-222

C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 127 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 128 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 132 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 133 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 134 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 135 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 136 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229

C 137 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229

C 138 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 139 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 140 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 141 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 142 1 nF 600V AC double m 510-1023-102

C 143 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272

C 144 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272

C 145 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272

C 146 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 147 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 148 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 149 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 150 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 152 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 153 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 154 .1 µF ±5% X7R chip 510-3609-104

C 156 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 159 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 160 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2633-150

C 161 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 162 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 163 2700 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-272

C 164 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 165 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 166 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 167 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

PARTS LIST

9-17 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 168 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 169 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 170 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 172 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 173 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 174 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222

C 175 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224

C 176 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 178 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 180 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 181 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 182 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471

C 183 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-271

C 184 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 185 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 186 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 187 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 188 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 189 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 190 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 192 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 193 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222

C 194 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3606-224

C 195 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 196 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 197 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229

C 198 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 199 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 200 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 201 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 202 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471

C 203 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-471

C 204 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473

C 205 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 207 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222

C 208 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 209 1500 µF 35V aluminum 510-4075-152

C 210 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-222

C 211 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 212 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 213 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 214 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 215 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 216 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 217 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 218 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 219 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 220 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 221 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 222 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 223 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 224 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 225 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 227 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 228 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-229

C 229 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 230 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 232 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 233 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 234 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 235 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 236 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

CR101 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR102 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR103 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR104 18V zener ±5% SMD 523-2026-180

CR105 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR106 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR107 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR108 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR110 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR111 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR112 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR113 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR114 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR115 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR116 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR117 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180

CR118 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR119 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR120 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180

CR121 Ultra-fast rectifier 523-0019-024

CR122 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR123 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR124 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR125 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR126 Schottkey diode 20A 523-0519-030

CR127 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR128 Ultra-fast rectifier 523-0019-024

CR129 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001

CR130 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR131 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR132 Schottkey diode 20A 523-0519-030

CR133 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR134 1A Schottky diode 523-0519-031

CR135 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001

PARTS LIST

9-18

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

CR136 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR137 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR138 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR139 Dual switching common cath 523-1504-022

CR140 4.7V zener SOT-23 523-2016-479

CR141 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-3021-001

CR142 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR143 Switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-017

CR145 8A 600V ultrafast diode 523-0019-026

CR148 13V 1W zener SMT 523-2026-130

EP100 Ferrite bead 517-2002-008

EP101 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP103 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP104 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP105 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP106 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP110 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP111 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

EP112 0.25” spade lug 586-3502-021

F 102 10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036

FH102 Fuse clip 534-1007-001

HW100 Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad 018-1007-051

HW101 0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad 018-1007-052

HW102 1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad 018-1007-053

HW104 0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer 018-1007-056

HW105 0.83” Teflon spacer 018-1007-057

HW106 1.28” Teflon spacer 018-1007-058

HW107 4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS 575-9076-122

HW108 6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap 575-9076-112

HW109 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-012

HW110 #4 x 0.046 shoulder washer 596-4504-008

HW111 #4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB 596-2404-008

HW112 #6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB 596-2406-010

HW113 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008

HW114 #6 x 0.018 int lockwasher 596-1106-009

HW115 #4 spring washer 596-9604-009

HW120 TO-220 clamp 537-9055-051

J 101 2-pin friction header 515-9031-201

J 102 2-pin friction header 515-9031-201

L 101 15 µH 30A DC inductor 542-5010-005

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

L 102 20 µH 8A DC inductor 542-5010-006

L 103 7.5 µH 8A DC inductor 542-5010-008

L 104 10 µH 5A DC inductor 542-5010-007

L 105 100 µH 1A DC inductor 542-5010-012

L 107 300 µH 17A DC inductor 542-5010-004

MP100 5.7” heat sink 014-0771-130

MP101 2.9” heat sink 014-0771-131

MP102 5.7” heat sink 014-0771-133

MP105 TO-202 spacer 017-2210-162

PC001 PC board 035-2000-810

Q 101 30A 500V N-chnl pwr module 576-0006-354

Q 102 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 103 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 104 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 105 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 106 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 107 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 108 NPN high current SOT-223 576-0006-027

Q 110 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 111 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 112 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 114 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 115 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 116 14A 500V N-MOSFET 576-0006-351

Q 117 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 118 14A 500V N-MOSFET 576-0006-351

Q 120 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 121 PNP 6A SMD MJD42C 576-0002-603

Q 122 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 123 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110

Q 124 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 125 20A 200V N-MOSFET 576-0006-352

Q 126 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 127 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 576-0003-600

Q 128 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 129 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 130 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 576-0006-110

Q 131 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 132 20A 200V N-MOSFET 576-0006-352

Q 133 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 138 PNP switching 576-0003-612

R 101 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

R 102 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

PARTS LIST

9-19 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 103 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-244

R 104 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 105 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

R 106 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

R 107 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

R 108 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203

R 109 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203

R 110 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203

R 111 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-221

R 112 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100

R 113 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307

R 114 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 569-4151-307

R 115 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 116 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 117 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331

R 118 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426

R 119 24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-438

R 120 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203

R 121 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 122 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 123 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 124 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 125 13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-130

R 126 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 562-0115-100

R 127 1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-311

R 128 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510

R 129 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 131 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 132 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 134 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 135 13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-412

R 136 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 137 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 138 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335

R 139 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335

R 140 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-418

R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 142 560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-564

R 143 3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-302

R 144 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440

R 146 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 148 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 149 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 150 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 151 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-203

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 152 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 153 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 154 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 155 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 156 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 157 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 158 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 159 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200

R 160 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 161 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200

R 162 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 163 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200

R 164 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 165 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-200

R 166 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100

R 167 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100

R 168 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-100

R 169 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 170 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 171 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 172 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 173 16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-423

R 174 1k ohm trim pot 562-0110-102

R 175 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-182

R 176 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 178 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 179 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 180 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752

R 181 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 182 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750

R 183 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-495

R 184 357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-554

R 185 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 187 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-495

R 188 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 189 6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-381

R 190 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 191 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 192 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 193 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 194 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 195 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 196 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-822

R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 198 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

R 199 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

PARTS LIST

9-20

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 200 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

R 201 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181

R 202 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 203 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 204 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202

R 205 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100

R 206 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100

R 207 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181

R 208 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-510

R 209 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 210 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 211 12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-410

R 212 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-335

R 213 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 214 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 215 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622

R 216 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102

R 217 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122

R 218 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 219 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 220 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330

R 221 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 222 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 223 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-133

R 224 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 225 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-680

R 226 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-240

R 227 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181

R 228 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330

R 229 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 230 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 231 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510

R 232 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

R 233 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 234 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 235 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

R 236 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

R 237 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-180

R 238 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181

R 240 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 241 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202

R 242 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100

R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-100

R 244 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-181

R 245 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-510

R 246 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 247 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-360

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 249 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-352

R 250 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339

R 251 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 252 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 253 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 254 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102

R 255 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-432

R 256 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330

R 257 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 258 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 259 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-133

R 260 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-680

R 261 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-240

R 262 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-446

R 263 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339

R 264 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-330

R 265 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 266 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 267 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-431

R 268 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 269 360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-361

R 270 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-333

R 271 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 272 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510

R 273 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 274 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 275 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 276 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 277 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 278 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 279 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 280 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750

R 281 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-471

R 284 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-352

R 285 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-339

R 286 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 287 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 302 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 303 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 306 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 307 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 308 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 309 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 311 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 312 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 313 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 314 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-501

R 315 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-821

PARTS LIST

9-21 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001

RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor 569-3014-001

T 101 0.5 line freq. bias transformer 592-3041-004

T 103 1:200 current transformer 592-3041-002

T 104 1:200 current transformer 592-3041-002

T 105 100:1 current transformer 592-3041-005

T 106 1:1 transformer 592-3041-003

T 107 4.5:1 switch mode transformer 592-3041-001

U 102 PFC/PWN combo SOIC 544-2002-035

U 104 Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008

U 105 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039

U 106 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039

U 107 Opto-isolator surface mt 544-9022-001

U 108 Opto-isolator 544-2010-005

U 109 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 110 Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020

U 111 Adj volt reg full temp LM317T544-2003-094

U 112 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034

U 113 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034

U 114 5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098

U 115 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 116 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 117 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 118 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 119 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006

U 120 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006

U 121 Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2003-097

U 122 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006

AC FILTER BOARD

PART NO. 023-2000-820

C 001 .22 µF 275V AC ±2% 510-1024-224

C 003 .0022 µF ±2% Y2 510-1022-222

C 004 .0022 µF ±2% Y2 510-1022-222

C 005 1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor 510-1024-105

CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge 523-4004-025

EP006 1/2” tubing 042-0241-557

F 001 15A 250V ceramic body 534-0003-045

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

FH001 Fuse clip 534-1007-001

HW001 #10 shakeproof washer 596-1110-012

HW002 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-016

HW003 9/16” ID rubber grommet 574-0002-004

HW004 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-016

HW005 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008

HW007 Heatsink Grafoil TO-15 018-1007-055

J 001 AC power cord connector 515-0028-008

L 001 1 µH 10A coil 542-5010-010

L 002 4.2 µH 10A coil 542-5010-009

MP001 Filter bracket 017-2210-167

PC001 PC board 035-2000-820

R 001 1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-105

RV001 Metal oxide varistor 569-3503-001

RV002 Metal oxide varistor 569-3503-001

W 001 Wire 1 assembly 023-2000-825

W 002 Wire 2 assembly 023-2000-826

W 003 Wire 3 assembly 023-2000-827

W 004 Wire 4 assembly 023-2000-828

W 005 Wire 5 assembly 023-2000-829

BATTERY BACK-UP

PART NO. 023-2000-830

C 101 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 103 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 104 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 105 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102

C 106 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 107 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 110 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2635-689

C 111 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect 510-4076-102

C 112 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 113 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 114 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 115 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 118 1 µF ±10% 100V polyester 510-1031-105

PARTS LIST

9-22

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 119 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 510-4225-221

C 124 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-109

C 125 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 126 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 127 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 128 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103

C 129 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 130 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103

C 131 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 132 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103

C 133 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 134 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-103

CR101 Red LED right angle PC mt 549-4001-035

CR102 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR103 12V zener diode 523-2016-120

CR104 18V ±5% zener SMT 523-2026-180

CR105 Red LED right angle PC mt 549-4001-035

CR109 8A 600V ultra-fast diode 523-0019-026

CR111 Green LED rt angle PC mt 549-4001-037

CR113 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR114 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR115 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR116 3A ultra-fast diode 523-1507-004

CR117 13V 1W zener SMT 523-2026-130

CR118 18V ±5% zener SMT 523-2026-180

EP100 Heat sink insulator TO-220 574-5005-060

EP101 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-072

EP102 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-072

EP103 Copper terminal lug 586-0007-071

F 101 4A resettable polyfuse 534-0020-001

HW100 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 575-1604-012

HW101 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1606-008

HW102 4 x 0.04 flat washer 596-2404-008

HW103 6 x 0.018 int lockwasher 596-1106-009

HW104 #4 shakeproof washer 596-1104-008

HW105 10-32 machine panhead ZPS 575-1610-012

HW106 #10 shakeproof washer 596-1110-012

HW107 4 x 0.46 shoulder washer 596-4504-008

HW108 10-32 x 0.375 CPS 560-1110-012

HW800 Speed nut 537-0001-002

J 100 2-pin lock receptacle 515-9032-232

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

K 101 Single pole 24V relay 567-0031-001

L 101 70 µH 3A Toroid inductor 542-5010-014

MP100 Bracket 017-2210-169

MP101 Terminal cover 032-0758-050

NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166

NP800 Nameplate holder 015-0900-406

NP801 Nameplate 559-5861-161

PC001 PC board 035-2000-830

Q 101 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 102 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

Q 103 N-channel E-MOSFET 576-0006-110

Q 104 PNP TO-220 ISO 576-0002-057

Q 105 PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026

R 101 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 102 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-331

R 103 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 104 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 105 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 106 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202

R 107 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 108 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 109 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 110 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 111 51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-510

R 112 7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-385

R 112 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 115 470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 569-0175-471

R 116 47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-470

R 117 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 118 10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-403

R 119 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 120 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 121 62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-623

R 122 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 123 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 124 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 125 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 126 42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-461

R 127 82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-489

R 128 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 129 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

PARTS LIST

9-23 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 130 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-333

R 136 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332

R 137 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332

R 138 240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0115-241

R 139 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-332

R 140 1k ohm single turn trimmer 562-0112-102

R 141 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 143 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202

R 144 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 145 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 146 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392

R 147 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 148 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-153

R 149 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 150 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 151 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 152 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-750

R 153 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 154 300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-304

R 155 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 156 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 157 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 158 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-301

R 159 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184

R 160 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 165 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-202

S 101 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014

U 101 Quad comparator 2901 544-2025-011

U 102 Programmable voltage reg 544-2003-097

U 103 Programmable voltage reg 544-2003-097

U 104 Dual op amp SO-8 544-2019-004

U 105 Dual op amp SO-8 544-2019-004

U 106 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 544-2032-003

U 107 Full temp adjustable LM317T 544-2003-094

W 101 Green wire assembly 023-2000-836

W 102 Red wire assembly 023-2000-837

W 103 Black wire assembly 023-2000-838

W 104 Orange wire assembly 023-2000-839

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

THERMAL SENSOR BOARD

PART NO. 023-2000-840

A 001 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-841

C 001 .1 µF 10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

J 001 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004

J 002 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004

J 003 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004

PC001 Thermal sensor board 035-2000-840

U 001 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 544-2032-003

MAIN PROCESSOR CARD

PART NO. 023-2000-310

C 001 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-100

C 002 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200

C 004 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 005 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 006 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 007 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 008 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-100

C 009 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 010 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 011 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 012 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 013 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200

C 014 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 015 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 016 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 017 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470

C 018 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470

C 019 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-620

C 020 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 021 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 022 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 023 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 024 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 025 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 026 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 027 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 028 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 029 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-620

C 030 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

PARTS LIST

9-24

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 031 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 032 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

CR001 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR002 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121

CR003 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120

CR004 Red LED subminiature radial 549-4001-120

CR005 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121

DS001 7-segment display .3" green 549-4002-020

EP001 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001

EP002 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001

EP003 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001

EP004 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001

HW001Panel fastener 537-0011-031

J 001 8-cond modular jack PC mt 515-2006-040

J 002 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

J 003 14-pin double row header 515-7101-407

J 004 6-pin double row header 515-7101-403

J 005 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

J 006 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

P 001 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101

P 002 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 003 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 004 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 005 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 006 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

PC310 PC board 035-2000-310

Q 002 PNP switching SOT-23 576-0003-612

Q 003 NPN gen purp SOT-23 576-0001-300

R 001 10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-106

R 002 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 003 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 004 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 005 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-151

R 006 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 007 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122

R 008 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122

R 009 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122

R 010 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 011 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-122

R 012 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 013 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-151

R 014 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 015 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 016 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 017 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 018 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 019 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 020 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 021 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 022 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 023 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 024 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 025 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 026 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 027 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 028 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 029 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 030 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 031 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 032 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 033 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 034 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

S 001 Push-button momentary sw 583-4005-002

S 002 8-pos DIP switch 583-5002-008

S 003 4-pos DIP switch 583-5002-004

U 001 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM 544-5001-109

U 002 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004

U 003 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138

U 004 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138

U 005 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154

U 006 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 544-3766-032

U 007 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 544-3766-032

U 008 D-latch non-inv 74HC573 544-3766-573

U 009 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703

U 010 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703

U 011 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032

U 012 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032

U 013 8k ROM masked DIP-40 8052 544-5010-448

U 014 HSDB Multi-Net software 023-9998-289

U 015 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906

U 016 Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 544-2023-014

U 017 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085

U 018 32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS 544-5001-412

PARTS LIST

9-25 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

U 019 Triple line receiver 544-2023-003

U 020 Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 544-3766-000

U 021 7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 544-3016-024

U 022 Prog comm intfc 82C51 544-5001-319

U 023 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025

U 024 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 544-2023-025

U 025 MPC boot code 023-9998-277

U 026 BCD 7 latch DIP-16 MC14495 544-3014-495

U 027 CPU v25 PLCC-84 MPD7032 544-5002-016

U 028 EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64 544-5002-412

U 029 Dual inline driver 544-2023-002

X 001 10-pos right angle IC socket 515-5008-270

X 014 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018

X 013 40-pin IC socket 515-5008-019

X 024 8-pin DIP socket 515-5008-011

X 025 32-pin IC socket 515-5008-108

X 027 84-pos PLCC socket 515-5020-100

Y 001 10 MHz crystal HC-18 521-0010-000

Y 002 11.059 MHz crystal 521-0011-059

Y 003 2.4576 MHz HC-18U 521-0002-458

Y 004 12 MHz µP crystal 521-0012-000

Z 001 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

Z 002 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

MAIN AUDIO CARD

PART NO. 023-2000-320

A 301 Compandor option 023-2000-940

C 100 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471

C 101 .0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip510-3606-222

C 102 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102

C 103 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 104 100 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-101

C 105 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-333

C 106 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-683

C 107 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 108 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 109 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 110 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 111 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 112 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 113 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101

C 114 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 115 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101

C 116 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-102

C 117 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 118 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 119 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 120 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 121 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 122 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 123 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473

C 124 .0068 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-682

C 125 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681

C 126 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-103

C 127 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681

C 128 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332

C 129 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-471

C 130 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-471

C 131 .0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-472

C 132 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-562

C 133 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472

C 134 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200

C 136 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101

C 137 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101

C 138 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 139 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 140 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 141 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 142 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103

C 143 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 144 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-473

C 145 .0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-682

C 146 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-391

C 147 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-681

C 148 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-103

C 149 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472

C 150 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 151 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 152 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 153 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 154 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 155 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-150

C 156 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 157 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 158 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 159 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 160 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 161 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 162 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200

PARTS LIST

9-26

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 163 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-200

C 164 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102

C 165 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-361

C 166 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-150

C 169 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 170 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 171 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 172 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 173 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 174 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 175 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 176 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 177 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 178 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 179 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 180 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 181 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 182 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 183 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 184 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 185 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 186 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 187 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 188 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 189 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 190 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 191 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 192 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 193 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 194 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 195 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 196 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 197 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 198 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 199 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 200 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 201 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 202 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 203 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 204 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 205 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 206 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 207 1 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-109

C 208 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 209 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 210 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 211 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 212 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 213 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 214 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 215 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 216 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 217 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 218 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 219 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 220 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 221 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 222 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 223 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 224 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 225 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 226 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 227 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 228 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 229 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 230 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 231 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 232 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 233 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 234 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 235 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109

C 236 .001 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102

C 237 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-333

C 238 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-473

C 239 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-683

C 240 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109

C 241 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150

C 242 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150

C 247 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 249 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 251 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150

C 254 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 255 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 256 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 510-2626-150

C 257 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 258 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 262 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 263 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 264 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 265 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 266 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 267 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 268 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 269 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

PARTS LIST

9-27 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 270 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-470

C 271 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 272 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 273 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 276 .0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-222

C 277 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472

C 278 .0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3617-682

C 279 .22 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-224

C 280 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223

C 281 820 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-821

C 282 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 283 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-3606-104

C 285 470 µF 25V radial low temp 510-4064-471

C 286 10 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 287 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301

C 288 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301

C 289 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301

C 290 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-301

C 291 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 292 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-361

C 293 68 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-680

C 294 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104

C 296 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 297 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-392

C 298 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332

C 299 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 300 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210 510-3617-562

C 301 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-472

C 302 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-332

C 303 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-392

C 304 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 510-3606-104

C 305 10 µF tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 306 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104

C 307 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101

CR100 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR101 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR102 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR103 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR104 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR105 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR106 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

CR107 4.3V zener SOT-23 523-2016-439

CR108 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012

CR109 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012

CR110 UHF/VHF band switch SOT 523-1504-012

CR111 2.4V 1W zener 523-2505-249

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

CR112 2.4V 1W zener 523-2505-249

CR113 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR114 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR117 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR118 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR119 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR120 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

EP100 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001

HW001 Panel fastener 537-0011-031

HW101 Card inj/ext nylon pull 537-9057-020

HW102 Rivet snap 0.142 dia 574-9015-050

J 100 Green horizontal tip jack .080 105-2204-105

J 101 Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed 515-2002-011

J 102 3.6mm jack enclosed 515-2001-011

J 103 Black horiz tip jack .080 105-2203-101

J 104 3.6mm jack enclosed 515-2001-011

J 105 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

J 106 5-pin single inline header 515-7100-005

J 301 Minisert cl bottom socket 515-5006-041

MP101 Control knob 032-0792-010

P 100 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102

P 101 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101

P 102 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 106 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 107 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

PC200 PC board 035-2000-320

Q 101 Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906 576-0003-657

Q 102 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658

R 101 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-446

R 102 147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-517

R 103 69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-482

R 104 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-418

R 105 100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-201

R 106 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604

R 107 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604

R 108 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-205

R 109 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-604

R 110 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-205

R 111 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426

PARTS LIST

9-28

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 112 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 113 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154

R 114 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-183

R 115 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 116 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-152

R 117 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622

R 118 12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-123

R 119 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 120 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 121 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 122 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 123 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334

R 124 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 125 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 126 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 127 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-474

R 128 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 129 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 130 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 131 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563

R 132 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563

R 133 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 134 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 135 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 136 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 137 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-509

R 138 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-509

R 139 35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-454

R 140 27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-443

R 141 22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-435

R 142 17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-424

R 143 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-332

R 144 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 145 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154

R 150 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-491

R 151 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-462

R 152 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223

R 153 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 154 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 155 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 156 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 157 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 158 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 159 2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-343

R 160 1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-305

R 161 3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-347

R 162 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-426

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 163 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 164 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 165 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 166 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563

R 167 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-563

R 168 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 169 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-472

R 170 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 172 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 173 430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-434

R 174 160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-164

R 175 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-432

R 176 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-682

R 177 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 178 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 179 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 180 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 181 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 182 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 183 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 184 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 185 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 186 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 187 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 188 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 189 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 190 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 191 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 192 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 193 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 194 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-485

R 195 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 196 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-301

R 197 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 198 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 199 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 200 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 201 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

R 202 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 203 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 204 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 205 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752

R 206 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 207 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 208 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 209 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

PARTS LIST

9-29 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 210 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 211 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 212 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 213 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 214 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392

R 215 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 216 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 217 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 218 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 219 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184

R 220 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-163

R 222 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 223 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-682

R 225 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 226 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 227 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 228 5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-512

R 229 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 230 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-752

R 231 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 232 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0175-510

R 233 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 234 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 235 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 236 10k ohm Vol/Audio switch 562-0018-044

R 237 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 238 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 239 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 240 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 241 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 242 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 243 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 244 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 247 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-472

R 248 120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-124

R 249 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 250 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154

R 251 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-513

R 252 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-433

R 253 390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-394

R 254 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 256 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 257 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 258 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 259 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 260 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-473

R 261 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-274

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 262 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 263 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 264 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 265 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 266 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 267 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 268 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 269 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 270 39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-393

R 271 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184

R 274 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 275 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 276 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-183

R 277 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 279 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154

R 280 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-154

R 281 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 282 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 283 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 284 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 285 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222

R 286 75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-753

R 288 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-221

R 289 2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-229

R 290 1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-109

R 291 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 292 39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-390

R 293 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-622

R 294 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 295 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 296 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 297 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 298 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 299 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 300 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 301 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 302 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 303 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-241

R 304 27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-270

R 305 100k ohm multi-turn pot 562-0110-104

R 306 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 307 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-363

R 308 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-593

R 309 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440

R 310 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 311 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 312 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

PARTS LIST

9-30

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 313 Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 314 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-462

R 315 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-491

R 316 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-440

R 317 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-593

R 318 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 319 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 320 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-184

R 321 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101

R 322 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

R 323 Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-001

RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor 569-3013-007

S 100 8-pos DIP switch 583-5002-008

S 101 4-pos DIP switch 583-5002-004

U 100 Quad 2-input NOR 544-3766-002

U 101 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004

U 102 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138

U 103 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154

U 104 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573

U 105 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573

U 106 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 107 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 108 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 109 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014

U 110 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014

U 111 CMOS 87C52 544-5011-948

U 112 Main Audio Card/LTR-Net 023-9998-455

U 113 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 114 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 115 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 116 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 117 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 118 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 119 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085

U 120 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 121 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 122 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008

U 123 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008

U 124 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 125 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

U 126 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

U 127 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

U 128 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

U 129 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

U 130 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 131 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

U 132 Audio amp 10W TO-220 544-2006-013

U 133 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154

U 135 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018

U 136 +8V regulator SOIC 78L08 544-2603-042

U 149 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209

U 151 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209

U 153 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001

U 154 Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32 544-3766-032

U 155 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 156 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 157 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 158 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001

U 159 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001

U 160 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703

U 161 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703

U 162 Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406 544-2023-014

U 163 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 164 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 165 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 166 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018

U 167 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008

X 110 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018

X 111 40-pin IC socket 515-5008-019

X 112 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018

Y 100 3.5795 MHz crystal 521-0003-579

Y 101 11.059 MHz crystal 521-0011-059

Z 100 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

Z 101 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

Z 102 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

INTERFACE ALARM CARD

PART NO. 023-2000-350

C 500 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 501 .015 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-153

C 502 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104

C 503 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-151

C 504 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 505 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 506 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 507 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 508 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-330

PARTS LIST

9-31 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYMBOL PART

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

C 509 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109

C 510 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-2624-330

C 511 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 512 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 513 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 514 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 515 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 516 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 517 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 518 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 519 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 520 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3607-104

C 521 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 522 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470

C 523 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 510-4425-470

C 524 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 525 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-100

C 526 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 510-2625-109

C 527 .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 510-2628-108

C 528 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 529 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 530 220 µF electrolytic axial 510-4325-221

C 531 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 532 1000 µF electrolytic 510-4350-102

C 533 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 534 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101

C 535 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-3602-101

C 536 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104

C 537 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 510-3607-104

C 538 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

C 539 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103

CR500 Red LED submin radial 549-4001-120

CR501 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR502 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121

CR503 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR504 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR505 Yellow LED submin radial 549-4001-121

CR506 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR507 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR508 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR509 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR510 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR511 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR512 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR513 Dual switch diode SOT-23 523-1504-023

CR522 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

S Y M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

CR523 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR524 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR525 Green LED submin radial 549-4001-122

CR526 200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818 523-0013-201

CR527 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR528 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

CR529 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR530 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR531 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR532 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR533 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR534 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR535 4.3V zener SOT-23 523-2016-439

CR536 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

CR537 15V zener SOT-23 523-2016-150

F 501 1A 250V submin fuse 534-0017-014

FH501 Fuse holder 534-1017-001

HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull 537-9057-020

J 500 Horizontal green tip jack .080 105-2204-105

J 501 Horizontal black tip jack .080 105-2203-101

J 502 Horizontal red tip jack .080 105-2202-101

J 503 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

J 504 3-pin single inline header 515-7100-003

J 505 4-pin single inline header 515-7100-004

K 500 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021

K 501 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021

K 502 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021

K 503 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021

L 501 3 µH filter choke PC mount 542-5007-031

P 500 64-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-101

P 501 32-pin DIN male right angle 515-7082-102

P 503 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 504 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

P 505 2-pos shorting socket 515-5010-001

PC500 PC board 035-2000-350

Q 500 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658

Q 501 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658

Q 502 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658

PARTS LIST

9-32

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

Q 503 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658

Q 504 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 576-0003-616

Q 505 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 576-0003-616

R 500 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 501 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 502 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431

R 503 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 504 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 505 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-202

R 506 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 507 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 508 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 509 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 510 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 511 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-203

R 512 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 513 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 514 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 515 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 516 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272

R 517 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272

R 518 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272

R 519 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272

R 520 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0115-272

R 521 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 522 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 523 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 524 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 525 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 526 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 527 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 528 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122

R 529 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 530 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-401

R 531 4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-362

R 532 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 533 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 534 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-105

R 535 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472

R 536 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 538 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 539 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 540 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-104

R 541 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 542 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 543 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

R 544 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 545 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 546 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431

R 547 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431

R 548 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 569-0513-431

R 549 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 550 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 551 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 552 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 553 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122

R 554 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122

R 555 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122

R 556 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 557 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 558 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 559 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 560 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 561 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 562 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 563 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-392

R 564 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 567 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 568 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 569 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-201

R 570 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 571 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-103

R 572 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-163

R 573 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-512

R 574 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-513

R 575 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-823

R 576 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

R 577 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102

R 578 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-272

S 500 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104

S 501 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104

S 502 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104

S 503 4-pos recessed DIP switch 583-5002-104

S 508 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014

U 500 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154

U 501 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154

U 503 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 504 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 505 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 506 8-bit A/D converter 544-2031-001

U 507 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066

PARTS LIST

9-33 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SY M B O L P A RT

NUMBER DESCRIPTION NUMBER

U 508 Hex open drain buffer SO-14 544-3716-906

U 509 Quad op amp SOIC 544-2020-008

U 510 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 511 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 512 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 513 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3016-066

U 514 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004

U 515 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 516 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 517 Transparent latch SOIC 544-3766-573

U 518 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574

U 519 Low pwr FM IF SO-16 544-2026-008

U 520 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 544-2010-001

U 521 Transparent latch SOIC 544-3766-573

U 522 +12V regulator TO-92 78L12 544-2003-032

U 523 +8V regulator 78M08 544-2003-081

Z 500 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

Z 501 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002

PARTS LIST

9-34

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

10-1 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

FOLDOUT

TRANSISTORS

PART NUMBER

576-0001-300

576-0002-603

576-0003-600

576-0003-602

576-0003-604

576-0003-612

576-0003-636

576-0003-657

576-0003-658

576-0004-098

576-0004-820

576-0004-821

576-0006-109

523-1504-002

523-1504-012

523-1504-015

523-1504-016

523-1504-023

523-2016-180

523-2016-479

523-2016-519

523-2016-629

523-2016-919

523-5004-002

BASING NUMBER

IDENTIFICATION

R2/R3

3604

R25

DIODES

8E/Z1

8F/Z2

8J/Z4

8P/Z8

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

CEB

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

EBB E

ECCE

TOP

VIEW

CBB

TOP

VIEW

ANC

814

TOP VIEW

END

VIEW

916

TOP

VIEW

18 28

TOP

VIEW

18 28

640

60 70

8050

TOP

VIEW

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

FIGURE 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECITONS

FIGURE 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR

SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS

10-2

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

GND

MPC MAC IAC PA EXCITER/RECEIVER

RFIB

REPEATER REAR VIEW

FIGURE 10-3

REPEATER FRONT VIEW

FIGURE 10-4

REPEATER CABINET

FIGURE 10-5

10-3 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

FOLDOUT

1RXA+ 1

2RXA- 2

3TXA+ 3

4TXA- 4

5TIP 5

6RING 6

7TIP 1 7

8RING 1 8

9EA 9

10EB 10

11MA 11

12MB 12

13RXS+ 13

14RXS- 14

15TXS+ 15

16TXS- 16

17VOTER AUDIO 17

18EXT MODE 18

19VOTER DATA IN 19

20EXT REQ 1 20

21GROUND 21

22GROUND 22

23+15V ACC 23

24+15V ACC 24

25RSSI 25

26AC FAIL OUT 26

27ALARM 1 IN + 27

28ALARM 1 IN - 28

29ALARM 2 IN + 29

30ALARM 2 IN - 30

31ALARM 1 OUT + 31

32ALARM 1 OUT - 32

33ALARM 2 OUT + 33

34ALARM 2 OUT - 34

J2 J3 J1 P2-P4-P6-P8

P13-P15-P17

1 13

2 14

3 15

4 16

5 17

6 18

7 19

8 20

9 21

10 22

11 23

12 24

13 1

14 2

15 3

16 4

17 25

18 11

19 58

20 10

23 24

24 25

25 12

26 23

27 5

28 37

29 6

30 38

31 19

32 51

33 20

34 52

IAC SLOT P1

IAC SLOT P9

IAC SLOT P1

P3-P5-P7-P12

P14-P16-P18

BACKPLANE

REAR CONNECTOR BOARD

A10

J1 A5

1 52 TLA DB-

6P11 P3-P5-P7-P12

P14-P16-P18

20 TLA DB+

57 IRDB-

25 IRDB+

56 HSDB-

24 HSDB+

J1 P1

ALARM 3 IN + 1

ALARM 3 IN - 2

ALARM 4 IN + 3

ALARM 4 IN - 4

SQUELCH ENABLE 5

IAC 41 6

EXT REQ 2 7

EXT OUT 1 8

COM 17 9

COM 49 10

SYNC IN 11

COM 50 12

1 7

2 39

3 8

4 40

5 9

6 41

7 10

8 7

9 17

10 49

11 18

12 50

P10

IAC SLOT P9

P3-P5-P7-P12

P14-P16-P18

50 WO 17

WO 16

13 1

14 17

15 2

16 18

17 8

18 9

19 53

20 31

21 54

22 32

23 55

24 22

25 27

26 6

IAC SLOT P9

P3-P5-P7-P12

P14-P16-P18

P2-P4-P6-P8

P13-P15-P17

ALARM 3 OUT + 13

ALARM 3 OUT - 14

ALARM 4 OUT + 15

ALARM 4 OUT - 16

TX DATA OUT 17

TX DATA IN 18

COM 53

RX VOICE 20

COM 54 21

TX VOICE 22

COM 55

BUF RX WBAND 24

I/O 13 25

COMM 6 26

LPTT 21

TX MOD 29

WO 4 30

P2-P4-P6-P8

P13-P15-P17

P3-P5-P7-P12

P14-P16-P18 PC STR 15

RF MUX 3 INH 14

HS CS EX 16

SYN CS EX 26

RX WBAND 3

WO 1 11

WO 3 28

RX WBAND 27

WO 2 24

RF DATA A 29

RF DATA B 30

RF DATA C 31

A-D LEVEL 28

A-D LEVEL 26

RF MUX 2 INH 13

RF DATA 32

RF CLOCK 8

SYN CS RX 10

HS CS RX 25

RSSI 12

RF MUX 1 INH 12

V REF EX 7

BACKPLANE A9

J101

WO 113

WO 106

WO 112

WO 105

WO 111

WO 104

V REF EX/WO 103

RF MUX 1 INH

WO 110

RSSI

HS CS RX

SYN CS RX

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

RF MUX 2 INH

A-D LEVEL

RF DATA C

RF DATA B

RF DATA A

WO 109

RX WBAND

WO 108

WO 102

SYN CS EX

WO 101

TX MOD

HS CS EX

LPTT

PC STR

RF MUX 3 INH REFLECTED POWER

+15V

FORWARD POWER

C11

C12

W655

W656

W654

WO 655

WO 656

WO 654

PWR OUT

WO 652

PWR IN

WO 651

ISOLATOR

FWD/REV PWR DETECT

R685

W505

W508

W515

W507

W501

W506

WO 508

WO 515

WO 507

WO 501

WO 506

WO 505

GROUND

FINAL POWER 1

GROUND

+26V

+15V

POWER CONTROL

RF OUT

WO 510

RF INPUT

WO 509

POWER AMPLIFIER

EXCITER

J402 A9

LOW-PASS

FILTER

J102

+15V

WO 128

WO 129

WO 130

WO 131

WO 132

WO 133

WO 134

WO 135 / V REF EX

GROUND

LPTT

SYN CS EX

TX MOD

GROUND

SYN LK EX

HS LK EX

HS CS EX

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

J401 +15V

WO 423

WO 429

WO 421

WO 427

WO 419

WO 425

WO 417

V REF EX / WO 415

GROUND

LPTT

SYN CS EX

EX MOD

GROUND

SYN LK EX

HS LK EX

HS CS EX

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

RECEIVER

A201

J103

+15V

WO 136

WO 137

WO 138

WO 139

WO 140

RSSI

WO 141

RX WBAND

WO 142

GROUND

SYN CS RX

RX INJ

GROUND

SYN LK RX

HS LK RX

HS CS RX

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

J201 +15V

GROUND

WO 17

WO 25

WO 19

WO 23

RSSI

WO 21

RX WBAND

WO 27

GROUND

SYN CS RX

RX INJ TP

GROUND

SYN LK RX

HS LK RX

HS CS RX

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

RF IN

DUPLEXER

ANT

WO 145 / C4

P105

P104 GROUND (BLK)

GROUND (BLK)

WO 143 / C3

P102

P101 +26V (RED)

+26V (RED)

P103 +15V (WHT) WO 144 / C2

FILTER BOARD

A 11

POWER SUPPLY

A10

GROUND

+15V

+26V

J104

FAN LOW

FAN HIGH

FAN LOW

FAN HIGH

FAN

W121

W126

W115

WO 516

W516

FINAL POWER 2

WO 517

W 517

FINAL POWER 3

WO 518

W 518

FINAL POWER 4

WO 521

W 521

GAIN BLOCK POWER

WO 519

W519

TEMP SENSOR

W116

W120 C2

W118

W117 C6

W122 C7

W123 C8

W124 C9

W125 C10

W127 C5

W147

C13

RF INTERFACE

(023-2008-110)

RF OUT

INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE

FIGURE 10-6

RF INTERFACE

FIGURE 10-7

BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT

FIGURE 10-8

10-4

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

TXS+ 15

TXS- 16

VOTER AUDIO 17

EXT MOD 18

EXT REQ 1 20

RSSI 25

RXS- 14

RXS+ 13

MB 12

MA 11

RX DATA 10

HS DATA ENABLE 9

RX DATA 8

PTT EN 7

SUB TX DATA 6

TRANSMIT AUDIO 5

LOGIC NOISE SQELCH 4

SQUELCH ENABLE 3

WB DISC 2

RX VOICE 20

AC FAIL OUT 26

ALARM 2 OUT - 34

ALARM 2 OUT + 33

ALARM 2 IN - 30

ALARM 2 IN + 29

ALARM 1 OUT - 32

ALARM 1 OUT + 31

ALARM 1 IN - 28

ALARM 1 IN + 27

+15V ACC 24

+15V ACC 23

VOTER DATA IN 19

+15V

REPEATER I/O

RX WBAND 27

A-D LEVEL 26

7 V REF EX

29 TX MOD

28 WO 3

30 WO 4

12 RSSI

10 EXT REQ 1

11 EXT MOD

25 VOTER AUDIO

4 TXS-

3 TXS+

2 RXS-

1 RXS+

24 MB

23 MA

22 RX DATA

21 HS DATA ENABLE

22 RX DATA

19 PTT EN

18 SUB TX DATA

17 TX AUDIO

16 LOGIC NOISE SQUELCH

15 SQUELCH ENABLE

14 WBAND DISCRIMINATOR

13 RX VOICE

I/O 13 5

COMM 6 6

TX DATA IN 9

TX DATA OUT 8

TX VOICE 32

RX VOICE 31

P2-P4-P6-P8

P13-P15-P17

24 9 12 8 27 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 1 26 10 7

INTERFACE

RSSI

WO 4

WO 3

TX MOD

V REF EX

LPTT

RX WBAND

A-D LEVEL

3 15 16 17 20 21 11 14 22 23 6 5 25 19 2

PC STR

RF DATA A

RF DATA B

RF DATA C

RF DATA

RF CLOCK

WO 1

WO 2

SYN CS RX

HS CS RX

SYN CS EX

HS CS EX

RF MUX 1 INH

RF MUX 2 INH

RF MUX 3 INH

14 13 12 16 26 25 10 24 11 8 32 31 30 29 15 28 323 9 19 4 20 5 21 27 6 7 1 17 2 18 22

RF MUX 3 INH

RF MUX 2 INH

RF MUX 1 INH

HS CS EX

SYN CS EX

HS CS RX

SYN CS RX

WO 2

WO 1

RF CLOCK

RF DATA

RF DATA C

RF DATA B

RF DATA A

PC STR

A-D LEVEL

RX WBAND

AC FAIL OUT

AC FAIL IN

I/O 13

COMM 6

EXT OUT 1

ALARM 3 OUT +

ALARM 3 OUT -

ALARM 4 OUT +

ALARM 4 OUT -

BUF RX WBAND

24 16 15 14 13 8 26 25 18 17 22 20 19 21 23 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

P10 P10

+15V

ACC

+15V

25 +15V ACCESSORY

24 +15V ACCESSORY

26 +15V FILTERED

58 +15V FILTERED

7 ALARM 3 IN +

39 ALARM 3 IN -

8 ALARM 4 IN +

40 ALARM 4 IN -

9 SQELCH ENABLE

41 IAC 41

10 EXT REQ 2

BUF RX WBAND

ALARM 4 OUT -

ALARM 4 OUT +

ALARM 3 OUT -

ALARM 3 OUT +

EXT OUT 1

COMM 6

I/O 13

TX DATA IN

TX DATA OUT

TX VOICE

RX VOICE

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

COM 50

SYNC IN

COM 49

COM 17

EXT REQ 2

IAC 41

SQUELCH ENABLE

ALARM 4 IN -

ALARM 4 IN +

ALARM 3 IN -

ALARM 3 IN +

17 COM 17

49 COM 49

18 SYNC IN

50 COM 50

61 +5V

60 +5V

29 +5V

28 +5V

+5V

SOURCE

WO 7

WO 2

59 -5V

27 -5V

32 GROUND

31 GROUND

64 GROUND

63 GROUND

56 THERMAL SENSOR

62 +15V

30 +15V

57 POWER SWITCH

-5V

WO 6

WO 9

WO 8

WO 5

WO 4

+15V

WO 3

SOURCE

WO 1 P19

52 ALARM 2 OUT -

20 ALARM 2 OUT +

38 ALARM 2 IN -

6 ALARM 2 IN +

51 ALARM 1 OUT -

19 ALARM 1 OUT +

37 ALARM 1 IN -

5 ALARM 1 IN +

53 COM 53

54 COM 54

55 COM 55

48 WR

47 RD

16 MSTB

15 MREQ

WO 16

WO 17

46 D0

14 D1

45 D2

13 D3

44 D4

12 D5

43 D6

11 D7

36 A12

4 A13

35 A14

3 A15

34 A16

2 A17

33 A18

1 A19

IAC SLOT

5350

COM 17

COM 49

SYNC IN

COM 50

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

MSTB

MREQ

46 14 45 13 44 12 43 11 42 10 41 940 8 39 7 38 637 5 36 435 3 34 233 1

P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

2223

5220

5725

2460

6128

62305927

6364

3132

5821

P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18

RNT TX DATA

RNT RX DATA

COM 26

+15V FILTERED

TLA-

TLA+

IRDB-

IRDB+

HSDB-

HSDB+

+5V

+15V

-5V

GROUND

VOTER DATA IN

LPTT

TLA- 1

TLA+ 2

IRDB- 3

IRDB+ 4

HSDB- 5

HSDB+ 6 P11

+5V-5V +15V

WO 13

SOURCE

+15V

FILT

ACC

FILT

10-5 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

FOLDOUT

CONTROL INPUT

C101

100pF D101

C102

2pF C104

7pF

R101

10k

R102

22k

C105

56pF

C106

56pF

Q101

2SC3356

L103

1[F

R103

470

R110

100

L104

0.1[FWO102

RF OUTPUT

+12V DC

WO 103

GND

1RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

L101

10 [H

L102

WO 101

R104

R105

100

C108

1000pF

C109

.1[F

C107

10pF Q103

2SC3356

R106

3.3k

R109

560

C110

1000pF

R107

3.3k

C111

47pF

C112

10pF

Q102

2SC3356

R108

4.7k

C115

1000pF

C113

1000pF

C114

15pF

C117

R112

100

C103

5pF

C116

1000pF

Q104

2SC2712 C118

22[F

WO 100

MODULATION INPUT

R101

47k

CR102

CONTROL INPUT

C101

100pF D101

C102

7pF C106

15pF

R102

10k

R103

22k

C107

56pF

C108

56pF

Q101

2SC3356

L103

1[F

R104

R111

100

L104

0.1[FWO102

RF OUTPUT

+12V DC

WO 103

GND

1RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

C103

100pF

L101

10 [H

L102

C105

0.5pF

C104

2pF

WO 101

R105

R106

100

C109

1000pF

C110

.1[F

C111

10pF

Q103

2SC3356

R107

R110

470

C112

1000pF

R108

C115

47pF

C113

10pF

Q102

2SC3356

R109

C117

1000pF

C114

1000pF

C116

15pF

C119

R112

3.3k

C118

1000pF

Q104

2SC2712

+C120

22[F

RECEIVE VCO

FIGURE 10-9 TRANSMIT VCO

FIGURE 10-10

C101

L101 C103

D101

C102

C104

C105

L103

R109

C110

C112

C113

C115

R106

C116

R101 R102 C109

C108

R112

C106

R103

C107

R111

R110

C111

R107

R108

L104

Q103

C114

C117

Q102

Q101

+12V GND

GND

GND OUT

MOD

R105

Q104

C118

L102

C101

L101 C102

D101

C105

C106

C107

L103

R109

C110

C112

C113

C115

R106

C118

R102 R103 C110

C109

R112

C108

R104

C111

R111

R110

C111

R107

R108

L104

Q103

C114

C117

Q102

Q101

+12V GND

GND

GND OUT

MOD

R106

Q104

C+

C120

C103

R101

C104

D102

L102

RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-11

10-6

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

J104

WO117

GROUND

36 18

WO110 WO111

WO112

WO113

WO105

WO106 WO104

WO103

WO116

+26.5V

WO143

WO102

WO101

J101

19 1 WO144

+15V

WO108

WO109

WO119 WO145

GROUND

F101

R51

L101

R188

R189

R190

R191

R192

R181

R182

R183

R184

R185

C112 +

R187

C113

R186

R194

C115

R193

C114 +

U107

F102

C117

WO121

FORWARD

POWER

WO126

REFLECTED

POWER

WO115

POWER

SENSE

WO118

+15V

Q107

R180

R179

R178

R177

R176

R175

R174

C128

R171

R173

R172

R75 C127 R170

CR104

Q106

CR111

U108

C126

R74

R168

R73

R169

R50

R167

U106

916

R148

R156

R155

R166

R197

R161

R160

R52

R149

R165

R164

R163

U105

916

R157

R158

R159

R154

R153

R147

R145

R144

R143

R148

U109

814

R152

R150

R151

R106

R53

C120

R54

WO125

RF OUT 4

WO124

RF OUT 3 WO123

RF OUT 2 WO122

RF OUT 1

U104

916

U110

916

R66

R65

R64

R63

R58

R57

R60

R59

R199

R198

C119

J103

142

140

141 WO

138

136 WO

137

139

J102

134 WO

132

130

128

WO135

WO133

WO131

WO129

U103

916

R90

R93

R92

C141

R81

R80

C132 R79

R78

C130

R82

R83

C135

C138

R87

R91

C142

C140

R86

C137

C131

C134

C133

CR110

U112

CR107

CR109

CR108

C136

R84

R85

R88

R89

C139

R138

R137

R135

R136

R142 R141

R139

R140 R119

R121

R123

R125

R127

R129

R131

R133

CR101

Q108

Q101

R132

R130 R126

R128 R124

R122

R120

R118

C111 R108

R109

R134

R49 R45

C108 C149

R48

R55 C122

C123

R107

C133

R72

R71

C143

R47

CR105

R76

WO127

TEMP

U111

WO147

RF DET

PRE-DRIVER

WO120

CTRL OUT

R46

R116

R117

R115

R61

C118

CR103

C115

C124

C110

R104

R110

R113

R94

R67

R105

C109

R103

Q102

Q105

U102

R102

R101

+ C107

R69

C125

R70

C105

C106

R95

+ C103

R70

C104

+ C102

U101

C101

Q104

R100

R114

C121

R112

R111

Q103

J105

R162

10-7 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-12 FOLDOUT

PC STR 2

R138

22k

R136

22k

R135

22k

R137

22k

Q101

3657

R142

10k

R141

10k

R139

10k

R140

10k

+5V

CR101

U103

MC14094BD

15 OE

CLK

SER

STR

R119

20k

R120

10k

R121

20k

R122

10k

R123

20k

R124

10k

R125

20k

R126

10k

R127

20k

R128

10k

R139

20k

R130

10k

R131

20k

R132

10k

R133

20k

R134

20k

+5V R106

10k 2

R150

10k

R146

22k

R147

10k

RF MUX 3 INH 19

J101

U104

HEF405TBTD

R143

22k

R144

22k

R145

22k

4Y7

U109A

224

R52

10k

U109D

224

14 R54

10k

U109B

224

7R53

10k

U102A

2904

R95

R101

C105

39pF

Q108

1300

R108

2.7k

R109

U102B

2904

R102

2.7k

C111

.047

R118

20k

C109

.001

R103

270k

R105

2.7k

R94

5.1k

Q102

3600

R107

560

R110

5.1k R116

470

R117

270

R115

470

R104

270k

C110

Q104

3657

Q103

2603

R111

330 R100

100

R112

R113

1.8k

Q105

3658

R114

1.8K

R61

43K

C116

.01

CR103

3.9V

R81

470 +

U112B

224 5

C132

.001

R80

R79

CR107

5.1V

R78

270k

R55

2.7k +

U111B

224 6

C150

.001

R56

470k

R45

100

C108

.018 C149

R76

R48

R49

+15V

+5V

R46

100 C1

WO147 W147 RF DETECT FROM PRE-

DRIVER

WO120 W120 CONTROL OUT

C11

WO115 W115 POWER SENSE

+15V

WO144

W118

+15V

F101

SOURCE

P103 +15V IN

W144

C13

WO121 W121 FORWARD POWER

WO122 W122

RF OUT 2

R85

470 +

U112A

224 3

C135

.001

R84

R83

CR108

5.1V

R82

270k

WO123 W123

R89

470 +

U112D

224 12

C138

.001

R88

R87

CR109

5.1V

R86

270k

WO124 W124 RF OUT 3

R93

470 +

U112C

224 10

C141

.001

R92

R91

CR110

5.1V

R90

270k

C10

WO125 W125 RF OUT 4

C12

WO126 W126 REFLECTED POWER

WO127 W127 TEMPERATURE SENSOR

V REF EX 14

LPPT 20

WO 103

11 PTT

WO132

WO130

WO131

WO129

J102

R156

22k

R51

100

R155

22k

R154

22k

R153

22k

R157

10k

R158

10k

R159

10k U110E

74HC906

U110F

1112

R57

10k

R59

10k

U105

HEF405TBTD

U106

HEF405TBT

R165

22k

R164

22k

R163

22k

R166

22k

R197

10k +5V

R50

4.99k

R167

+26V

U110A

74HC906

U110B

R73

10k R66

43k R64

43k

R63

10k

R65

10k

17 HS LK EX

16 SYN LK EX

WO133 7

13 TX MOD

12 SYN CS EX

18 HS CS EX

WO135 9 V REF EX

WO134 8

1 +15V

+15V

WO134

19 RF CLK

20 RF DATA

R198

10k

R199

10k

J103

13 RX INJ

19 HS LK RX

14 SYN LK RX

7 RSSI

9 RX WBAND

20 RF DATA

18 RF CLK

12 SYN CS RX

16 HS CS RX

1 +15V

+15V

WO136

WO137

WO138

WO139

WO140

WO141

WO142

R162

22k

R161

22k

R160

22k

6Y0

E13

RF MUX1 INH 13

A D LEVEL 27

RF DATA C 9

RF DATA B 26

RF DATA A 8

TX MOD 22

SYN CS EX 21

HS CS EX 3

R149

22k

+5V

RF MUX2 INH 10

RSSI 30

RX WB AUDIO 7

RF DATA 28

RF CLK 11

SYN CS RX 29

FAN HIGH 2

FAN 1 LOW 1

FAN HIGH 4

FAN 2 LOW 3

5 WO 101

6 WO 102

15 WO 104

16 WO 105

17 WO 106

24 WO 108

25 WO 109

32 WO 110

33 WO 111

34 WO 112

35 WO 113

J104 FAN CONNECTOR

R181

22 R182

22 R183

22 R184

R185

22k

+C112

U107A

2904

R187

15k

C113

.047

R186

10k

FAN 1 BUFFER

R188

22 R189

22 R190

22 R191

R192

22k

+C114

U107B

2904

R194

15k

C115

.047

R193

10k

FAN 2 BUFFER

Q107

2603

+26V

R179

10k

R180

10k

CR104

5.1V

R174

8.2k

R175

8.2k

R176

8.2k

R177

8.2k

R178

8.2k

Q106

3600 R173

3.3k

R172

1k +

U108A

2904

R169

270k

R168

10k

+5V

R170

R171

511k

R74

C126

.01

RF OUT 1

P105 GROUND

P104 GROUND

WO145

P101 +26V IN

P102 +26V IN

+26V

WO143

L101

+C117

1000

F102

+26V

SOURCE

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W)

REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W).

3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN:

U102

U103

U104, U105, U106

U107, U108, U111

U109, U112

U110

IC +5V GND

PIN NUMBERS

+15V

7,8

EXCITER

RECEIVER

CR111

LOGIC CONTROL

TO FAN

HS CS RX 12

WO 109

R148

22k

+5V

C101

.01 +C107

2.2

+C102

2.2

C120

8V OUTV IN 1

2367

GNDA GNDBGNDC GND

U101

78L05

+C103

4.7

C104

.1C119

+5V

SOURCE

+15V

R75

DRIVE POWER SET

FAN 1 CURRENT

FAN 2 CURRENT

RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-13

10-8

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

C308 + C306

U302

C310

C307

312

J204 J205

J201

+ C309

RV201

RV211

RV203

RV213

C225 C260 R246

C263

RT203

R214

R213

RT201

R240 R244

C223

R208

R212

R215

C258

R247

RT204

R249

R250

R218

R217

RT202

RV202 RV212

C262 +

C227 +

U202

U204

+ C267

Z216 Z215

Z214

Z204

U102

916

U203

C254

C256

C255

R239

C268

C269

R255

C265

C261 R243 C253

R237

C270

R262

C167 R160

C226

Q203

R228

C257

R256

C266

R257

R254

C250

C252

C220

R161

C219

R207

C271

R211

CR133

C251

C248

R158

C245

R206

C222

R159

C166

R157 C165

C247

C246

C221

U201

Z206

Z205

Z212B

Z212A

CV212

L216

L215

L214

L213 L212 L211

L201

L202

L203

L206

L204

+ C244

+ C207

U101

CV211

Q202

CV212

Q201

123

J203

L111

C115

C237

C236

C201

C202

C203C205

C211

R203

R235

C241 C238

R236

C217

C215

C208 R201 C206

R233C242

C218

R205

C249

R233

R234

C216

C213

C212

C210

R204

R202

CV201

L205

Z202B

Z202A

Z211AZ211B

Z201B Z201A

C209

FL102

FL201

Q134

L139

L138

C161 +

CR132

Q133

L133

L132

L135

L134

L137

L136

C105 +

+ C107

+ C158

C160

C361

C164

C163 C162

C156

R150

C157

R149 C154

C153 C152

R142

C147

C145

C102

C104

C169

C156

R152

R153

R154 C159

R151

R148

R147

C151

R144

C146

R140

C311

C149

C150

R146

R145

R143

CR131

C148 +

C284

C283

C278

R261

C275

C281 C401

R403

C282

C280

R260

C276

R259

R258

L224

L223

L222

Q204

CR401

+ C277

Y201

U304

C316 +

C315

C318

+ C317

U301

Q403

Q405

CR402

U303

C302 + + C303

+ C414

L401

L403

L402

C301

C415

C413

R414

R406

C406

R407

C407

R409

R408

C405

R410

R411

R412

C412

C313

C304

R404

C403 C404

C409

R413

C408

C410

C411

C312 +

+ C314

R423

R424

R428

R427

R426

C434

C432

R429

R430

C436

C435

C439

C443

C431

R442 C462

R431 C440

R436

R435

C461

R443

R444

C457

C458

R445

C437 R432

C433

C449

C445

C444

R433

R434

C446

R437

R438

R439

R441

C452

C451 R440

C463

R446

C456

L404

L405

+ C448

+ C450

+ C447

+ C439

+ C303

110

U401

Q409

Q406

Q407 Q408

Q410

Q411

C459

R447

C455

R131

C132

C136

C135

C134

C133

R134

C137

R135

R137

R136

R140

C139 L135

L130

R139

R141 C144

C131

R132

R133

C454

FL101

C101

L101

A201

R245

R401

+ C402

Q402

Q401

Q404

R448

C460

Q132

R130

C130

Q131

401

R449

TP201 TP202 TP101

OUT

GND

C228

TP203

IN OUT

GND

OUT

GND

IN OUT

GND

TP102

C103

C106

C108

R107

R108

R106

R105

U103A

CV152 CV151

L141 L140

CV106 CV105

L110 L109

CV104

L108

CV103 CV102

L104 L103

CV101

L102

10-9 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

RECEIVER SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-14 FOLDOUT

R108

+12V

C103

220pF

+C105

4.7C106

470pF

+C107

4.7C108

470pF

C104

10pF

CV102 CV103CV101 CV105 CV106CV104

C109

10pF

L111 4RF

GND A

GND B

GND C

C236

10pF

U101

LRMS-2H

C237

39pF

L211

Z211A Z211B

CV211

1.5-5pF

C238

5pF L212 C240

39pF

L213

C241

10pF

R233

1.8k

R234

680 R235

C246

.01

R236

220

C243

.01

+C244

4.7

C245

8pF

C247

39pF

L214

Z212A Z212B

CV212

1.5-5pF

C248

5pF L215

C251

39pF

L216

R237

560

C253

.01

OSC B

GND

MIXER

OUT

Z205

IF IN

U201

MC3371D

C220

.1C219

R207

47k Z204

C222

R206

1.8k

C219

.001

450 kHz

Vcc DEC 1 DEC 2

365 47

QUAD

+12V

R211

5.1k

AUDIO

C226

.001

R212

100k

U202B

MC3317B

R215

22k

RV202

R217

10k

R218

10k

+5V

C228

27pF

R213

10k R214

100k

+C227

4.7

RV203

9 RX WBAND

R159

100k

C166

.001 +

U102A

MC33172D

METER

7 RSSI

J201

TP101

+12V

C284

330pF

C283

120pF 52.5 MHz

L224

.1uH

C282

5pF

L223

.1uH

C281

220pF

C280

220pF

Q204

2SC2714

Q202

2SC2351

R260

270 C276

.01

L222

.1uH

C278

.01

+C277

4.7

R261

+12V

R258

10k

R259

C275

100pF

Y201

DC IN

467

CR401

5.1V

C401

.01

+C402

4.7

R401

270

+12V

TCXO 2.5 PPM

17.5 MHz

GNDA GNDB GNDC

MODRF OUT

C275

100pF

Q402

2SC2714

U401

MC145190

REF

R430

220

C436

.1C435

100pF

+6V

12 Vcc

C406

.01

Q401

2SC2714

R407

3.3k

R408

3.3k

R409

270

R406

2.7k

C403

.01

L 401

.1[ H

R404

100

+6V

C407

.001

C404

820pF

C432

100pF

C458

470pF

Q410

2SC3356

R445

1.5k

R446

1.2k

R447

150

R444

4.7k

C461

470pF

L 405

R442

+6V

C460

470pF

C441

100pF

Q411

2SC3356

R448

33 C459

470pF

R443

100

F IN

C434

100pF

C433

R429

820

+6V

V DD

R423

10k

RF DATA 20

J201

R424

10k

RF CLK 18

R432

47k

C443

100pF

DATA

CLK

GND

R427

SYN CS RX 12

R428

SYN LK RX 14 2

ENABLE

LOCK DET

NC R426

10k

+6V

C439

100pF

10 F IN

+C438

4.7

C437

+12V

5V PD

A401

VCO

CNTL

GND

RF OUT

C454

.001

C455

100pF

C456

5pF

Q132

2SC3356

Q131

2SC3356

R131

1.2k R138

47 C138

470pF

R132

1.5k

C135

.01

C137

470pF

R137

C133

470pF

C134

.01

R134

3.3k

L131

.22[ F R135

C139

470pF

R136

+12V

C144

.01

C146

12pF

C147

22pF

Q133

2SC3357

R143

R144

390

RT202

C151

470pF

+C148

4.7

R146

220

C152

15pF C153

22pF C156

.001

C169

12pF

Q134

2SC3357

R151

1.5k

R152

270

C160

470pF

+C161

4.7

R153

R154

C162

10pF C163

15pF

L139

CV152CV151

1 +15V

C307

.001

+C308

4.7

+15V

+C309

4.7

C310

.001

+12V

C306

100pF

SOURCE

RECEIVE

U302

LM78L12 V IN

GND

GND CGND B

GND A

2367

1V OUT

U303

LM78L12 V OUT

GND

GND CGND B

GND A

2367

8V IN

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS

UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

+12V

SOURCE

C313

.001

+C314

4.7

+C312

2.2

C311

.001

+15V

A201 L101

RF IN

RF AMP

MIXER

52.95 MHz

4-POLE

CRYSTAL FILTER 52.95 MHz

4-POLE

CRYSTAL FILTER

IF AMP

C250

6pF

C252

3.9

C101

10pF

C102

10pF

R107

J203

C242

.001

C201

10pF

C202

39pF

L201

Z201A Z201B

CV201

1.5-5pF

C203

5pF L202 C205

39pF

L203

C206

10pF

R201

1.8k

R202

680 R203

C211

R204

220

C208

.01

+C207

4.7

C210

8pF

C212

39pF

L204

Z202A Z202B

CV202

1.5-5pF

C213

5pF L205

C216

39pF

L206

R237

560

C218

.01

+12V

Q201

2SC2351

52.95 MHz

4-POLE

CRYSTAL FILTER 52.95 MHz

4-POLE

CRYSTAL FILTER

IF AMP

C215

8pF

C276

C209

.001

C270

6pF

R262

C265

100pF

R255

680

R254

1.8k Q203

2SC2714

R257

220

+12V

C269

.001

C268

.01

+C267

4.7

R256

C266

.01

C271

220pF 52.5 MHz

Z206

R208

100k

MIXER IN

OSC B

GND

MIXER

OUT

Z215

IF IN

U203

MC3371D

C255

.1C256

R239

47k Z214

C257

R228

1.8k

C254

.001

450 kHz

Vcc DEC 1 DEC 2

365 47

QUAD

+12V

AUDIO 9

METER

Z216

R240

100k

MIXER IN

C258

.001

U204A

LM2904

RV211

SQUELCH

LEVEL ADJ

C223

.001

U202A

LM2904

RV201

SQUELCH

LEVEL ADJ

J204

IF SELECT

TP203

RT201

R243

5.1k

C261

.001

R244

100k

U204B

MC3317B

R247

22k

RV212

R249

10k

R250

10k

+5V

C263

27pF

R245

10k R246

100k

+C262

4.7

RV213

RT204

TP204

RT203

J205

IF SELECT

AUDIO/DATA

LEVEL ADJ

R158

47k

CR133

R157

C165

1pF

TP202

TP201

13 RX INJ TP

10 WO 27

WO 21

WO 23

WO 19

WO 25

WO 17

+12V

2,3,6,8,9,10,11,12

DC IN

R431

C440

.01

C462

470pF

L404

C463

470pF

+C464

4.7

C457

.01

Q407

2SA1162

+C447

R437

100k

C446

12pF

+6V

R438

8.2k

R439

3.3k

Q409

2SC2712

R440

Q408

2SA1162

R436

R435

3.3k

R434

33k

Q409

2SC2712

R433

100k

+21V

C445

C444

10pF

R441

33k

+C450

C451

.1C452

10pF

TP 401

R403

4.99k

R411

220

Q403

2SC2712

R412

4.3k

Q405

2SA1162

C409

.01

Q404

2SC2714

R413

R410

68k

C408

.01

CR402

R414

C410

.001 C411

L402

1[ H

C412

+21V

+12V

C413

.01 +C414

4.7

C415

L403

C449

+C448

C351

.001

C131

5pF

C136

470pF

C132

10pF

R133

1.5k

C140

470pF

L132

139

330

R141

R140

330

C145

.01 L133 R142

270

CR131

5.6V L134

R145

220

FIRST

INJECTION

AMP

C149

.001 C150

.01

L135 C154

.001

R147

330

C164

.001

L138

C159

.001

+C158

2.2

CR132

5.1V

R148

330

C155

.001 L136 L137

C157

100pF

R150

270 R161

100k

R160

10k

AUDIO/DATA

LEVEL ADJ

25 kHz IF SECTION

12.5 kHz IF SECTION

25 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP

12.5 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP

INJECTION BUFFER/

AMP

TRIPLER

U301

LM78L05 V OUT

GND

GND CGND B

GND A

2367

8V IN

+C303

4.7C304

.001

+6V

SOURCE

+C302

4.7

C301

.001

U304

LM78L12 V OUT

GND

GND CGND B

GND A

2367

V IN

+C316

4.7

C315

.001

+15V

+C317

4.7C318

.001

+12V

SOURCE

U103A

ERA 5SM

R106

200

R105

200

+6V

L130

22nH

L102 L103 L104 L108 L109 L110

L140 L141

EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-15

10-10

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

L413

R465

R458

C444

C457

R467

C441

C454

MOD TP

CNTRL

C433

C479

R455

C431

R457

C452 R466

R454

R453

C432

C434

C475

R451

C429

C499

C430

R450R452

R434

C514

C497

C443

C480

R468

C442

R462

C461

R463

C446 R460 C498 C500

R464

C471

Q411

L406

Q410

Q407

Q406

L403

L407

A007

CR402

R469

R459

R461

C450

R470

C448

R472

R471

C410

R416

C502

C501

L408

L409

C474 +

+ C472

CR401

U406

+ C426 C477 +

L405

R433

R432

C484

C485

C483

R435

R439

R436 R441

C516

R422

R497

C520

R502

R496

R419 C515

R429

C513

R501

C456

C521

Y401

C519 +

C520

R495

C524

R498

R499

C523

R494

R440

C423

R438

L402

R445

R444 R448

R447

RV401

U404

CR403

Q405

C463 + C496 +

C507 +

L410

L414 L412

L411

Q413

Q412

C449

C451

C503

C505

R473

R474

C504

R478

C509

C465

R491

R479

R489

C462

C464

R481

R475

C506

R476

R480

R477 C508

C510

R449

R487

R426

R486

C409

C481 +

U407

U402

R427

C466

R488

R404

R402

R405

R403

C401

C470

R415

R417

R414

R424

C476 +

+ C469

RV101

U405

+ C467

J401

J402

+ C522

C428 +

Q417

Q415

Q414

Q416

+ C518

R500

C517

C482

C424

C425

R437

C421 +

C422

Q404

Q403

11 20

U403

C453

R413

R456

C420

R418

C417

R431

R430

C419

R428

C416

GND

OUT

GND

OUT

TP1

10-11 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

EXCITER SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-16 FOLDOUT

LPTT 11

EX MOD 13

WO 417

WO 425

WO 419

WO 427

WO 421

WO 429

WO 423

+5V

+3.5

R449

10k +

U407B

2904 V REF

V REF EX 9 6

R488

10k

C401

.047

SYN CS RX 12

R438

10k R439

R440

SYN LK RX 16

C423

100pF

RF DATA 20

RF CLK 19

R405

R404

+C421

4.7R435

470

R434

150

+12

C422

V PD

CLK

DATA

LOCK DET

ENABLE

U403

145190

C424

C482

100pF

R436

100 R437

100

C425

.1C483

100pF

V DD V CC

U404A

2904

RV401

50k

R445

82k R447

10k

+3.5

R444

10k +

U404B

2904

+3.5

C455

68pF

PD OUT

REF IN

C417

.01

C453

820pF

L402

.1[ H

R428

+12

C416

Q403

3636

Q404

3636

C418

.001

R433

270

R430

2.7k

431

3.3k

R432

3.3k

C419

.01

C420

6pF

C484

68pF

R441

47k

C485

100pF

F IN

GND

F IN

C514

100pF C499

100pF

C498

5pF

R456

470

Q406

3636

Q407

3636

L403

.1[ H

R452

100

C430

470pF

R451

4.3k

+12

R450

R453

1.5k

C431

220pF

R457

C479

.01 R455

150 R454

1.2k

C433

10pF

A007

VCO

MOD

CNTL

RF OUT

C452

10pF

Q410

3636

Q411

3636

R467

1.2k

R466

1.5k

R465

1.2k

R468

C480

470pF

C444

470pF

C457

.022

R458

3.9k

L406

R463

R462

220

C461

.01

+12

C446

100pF R460

R478

220

Q413

4098

R479

330

C507

470pF

R480

330

+15

C465

.01

R477

1.5k

R480

6.8k

Q405

3612

R481

1.2k

+C463

+C481

+C496

C462

.001 C464

.01

J402

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN

MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN:

NUMBER

U402, U404,

U407

IC +12V GND

+C476

4.7R487

R486

12.1k

U402B

RV101

50k

R427

0R426

62k

R424

10k

U402A

2904

R417

10k

212MOD

DC IN

GNDA GNDB GNDC

Y401

TCXO 2.5 PPM

RF OUT

17.5 MHz

C410

.1CR401

9.1V

+C426

4.7

R416

270

+12

C409

.01

+12

C471

.001 +C472

2.2

U406

LM7L12ACM

V IN V OUT

GROUND

BGND

+C474

4.7

C475

.001 R419

12k

R429

+C428

4.7

+12

+15

+3.5

C466

.001 +C467

2.2

U405

78L05

V IN V OUT

GROUND

BGND

+C469

4.7

C470

.001

R482

SOURCE

J401

+15V 1

+12

R415

R414

12k

+12

C513

.022

R422

100

C516

3pF

R403

10k R402

10k

R448

10k

TP MOD

TP CNTL

+C512

R493

1.8k

+C511

L405

.1[ F

C429

470pF

C443

470pF

C434

470pF

R459

150 R461

150

C502

.022

L410

47[H

C510

20pF

L412

47nH

C509

20pF

L411

.1[ H

+C508

4.7

CR403

5.1V

C506

100pF

R476

150

C505

18 pF

C456

100pF C515

.01

L413

22nH L414

22nH

Q415

2SA1162

+C518

R498

100k

C517

5pF

+5V

R499

8.2k

R500

3.3k

Q417

2SC2712

R501

Q416

2SA1162

R497

R496

3.3k

R495

33k

Q414

2SC2712

R494

100k

+12V

C524

C523

10pF

R502

15k

+C519

C520

.1C521

10pF

+5V

Vcc

+C522

2.2

110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-17

10-12

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

WO517

WO516

WO515

WO514

WO524

WO523

WO513

C602

C598

C599

L507

C536 C537

R531

C604

C533 C532

C601

L506

C565

C565A

C566 C564

C570 C569

U503

Q502

CEE

C535 C534

R521

R519

C547

R522

R520

RV501

C546

CR501

EP505

EP507

EP506

C551

C550

C548

R517 C552

R514

R515

C549

C573 R513

C553

R516

WO523A

WO502A

C554

C603

C596

C597

U509

R509

EP503

C545

R512

C591

C538

C527

C540

C542

C539

R511

EP504

C544

C543

R510

C541

C528

C525

C529

U501

RF OUT

Vcc 2

Vcc 1

RF IN

EP502

C519

C584

C580

U506

U505

U508

U507

C592

WO520

WO504

WO509

WO501 WO502

WO503

WO512

WO505

C578

R538

R539 C579

R537

C577

R536

C576

R533

R534

C586

C587 C589

C582

C581

C583

C579

C585

C590

C501

WO511

R502 R503 C502 L501 L502

R505

C506 R506

C594

R504 C507 C593

R501

R503A

C503

C504

C513

EP501

C521

R507

R540 R541

R542

L505 L504 L503

C514

C512 C510

C522

C518

C508 C523

C509

U502

C520

C516

C517

Q503

CEE

C556

R532

R530

R529

RV502

WO524A

U504

R526

C563

EP508

C560

C559

C557

C558

R524

C525

R527 C561

C555

CR502

C562

C574

R523

Q501

10-13 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-18 FOLDOUT

POWER CONTROL

WO 505

WO 501

+26V

WO 502

WO 502A

WO 503

WO 504

WO 512

+26V

FINALS

+15V

1RF IN U501

M57719

VCC 1 VCC 2

RF OUT

C516

.01

C517

.001

+C519

4.7

EP502

C520

.001

C521

.001

EP501

C594

.001

C593

C525

.001 C526

.01 C527

EP504

C543

.001 C544

.01

EP503

C539

.01

C538

R511

200

C542

.01 C540

DRIVER CURRENT

+15V

DRIVER

R507

C523

.01

C547

.01

RT522

80k R521

10k R520

4.7k

RV501

R519

2.2k

R517

4.7k

CR501

6.2V

C546

.01

+C548

4.7

C549

.01 EP505

C551

.001

+C550

.01

EP506

L506

Q502

6406

C565

100pF C564

100pF

C552

.001

R515

200

R516

.03

R514

200

C553

.001

C554

.01

+26V

DRIVER

RG2

RG1

VCC

U503

MAX472ESA

OUT

SHDN

GND

R513

C573

.01

FINAL 1

CURRENT

WO 523A WO 516

C556

.01

RT532

80k R531

10k R530

4.7k

RV502

R529

2.2k

R527

4.7k

CR502

6.2V

C555

.01

+C557

4.7

C558

.01 EP507

C560

.001

C559

.01

EP508

L507

Q503

6406

C561

.001

R524

200

R526

.03

R525

200

C562

.001

C563

.01

+26V

DRIVER

RG2

RG1

VCC

U504

MAX472ESA

OUT

SHDN

GND

R523

C574

.01

WO 523

FINAL 2

CURRENT

WO 517

WO 524

WO 524A

TO LOW PASS

FILTER

WO 513

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

5NC 5

NC 6

NC 7

V IN

C575

.01

+6.2

U507

LM35D

NC 4

NC 3

NC 2

V OUT

+C576

R536

U508

C577

39pF

R538

301k

C578

.001

R537

100k

R539

470

C579

.01

TEMP SENSOR

WO 509

+15V

C583

.01

+C584

2367

AB C GND

V IN V OUT 1

R533

240

R534

+C580

4.7

C581

.001 C582

.01

+6.2V

U505

78L05

SOURCE

+C524

4.7

OUT IN

GND

U502

TA78L08F

C508

WO 511

C501

.001

R501

R502

R503A

R503

C502

39pF

C503

6pF

L501 L502

68nH

R504

100

R506

3.9k

C507

.01

C506

.001 R505

1k L503

L504

68nH

C512

10pF

L505

27nH

C513

3pF

C514

.001

+C545

4.7

RG2 6

U509

MAX472ESA R509

200

R510

0.2

RG1

Vcc

GND

SHDN

OUT

R512

C591

.01

WO 514

C529

.001

C569

240pF

C570

240pF

C599

33pF

C598

33pF

2BAND DEPENDANT COMPONENT, SEE PARTS LIST.

C601

45pF

C533

.001

R544

2.2

C532

.001

R543

2.2

+17dBm/50mW

Q501

2SK2973

C510

.01

C522

.001

120mW 13W

R542

2.2

R541

2.2

R540

2.2

+C600

C535

24pF

C607

120pF

C605

C603

91pF

C609

C611

C613

33pF C614

33pF

C617

C602

45pF

C618

C534

24pF

C537

24pF

C608

120pF

C606

C604

91pF

C536

24pF

C565A

100pF C566

100pF

C610

C612

C615

33pF C616

33pF

C592

FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT BOARD

COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-19

10-14

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

R610

R612

RV601

R608

C603

C604

C606

R609

C605

R616

U601

R606

C608

R607

R613

C607

C610

C609

R614

R615

C612 R604

D601

R605

C602

C611

C614

L603

C613

R601

C601

L602

R603

R656

R651

C666

R653

C652

R657

R658

C654

C667

C663

D651

U652

58RV602

L653

L654

U651

L652

C662

C651

R666

C664

C655

R669

R654

C653

R655

C656

R659

R660

R667

C661

C660

R665

C658

R662

C657

R664

C659 R663

R668

C665

WO653

WO652

WO654

REF PWR SENSE

+15V IN+5V OUT

+5V OUT

WO604

WO603

FWD PWR

SENSE

WO601

RF PWR IN

WO602

RF PWR OUT

WO651

10-15 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-20 FOLDOUT

WO 603

FORWARD

POWER

SENSE C610

68pF

R667

470 +

U601B

2904

7C608

68pF

RV601

4.7k

R614

470

C609

.001

R613

10k

C607

.001

R688

10k

R610

150

U601A

2904

C604

68pF

C605

68pF

R609

10k

C606

68pF

R608

10k

C603

68pF

R607

22k

R616

22k

R605

10k

C602

68pF

R601

L603

.22[ H

R603

160 L652

12.5nH

+5V

WO 604

C612

.001

+C611

4.7

RF OUT

WO 602

WO 601

RF POWER IN

CIRCULATOR

WO 651

L654 R668

250W

REFLECTIVE

POWER LOAD

R653

R651

51 R654

51 L653

L652

C651

68pF

WO 654 REFLECTED

POWER

SENSE

C660

68pF

R665

470

U652A

2904

C654

68pF

RV602

4.7k

R664

12k

C659

.001

R663

7.5k

C658

.001

R662

10k

R660

150

U651B

2904

C654

68pF

C655

68pF

R659

10k

C656

68pF

R655

10k

C653

68pF

R656

22k

R678

10k

BAC653

27pF

CR601

ABCR651

C675

10k

C652

68pF

WO 653

+5V

C664

.001

+C663

4.7R666

220

V OUT

GND C

GND

+C665

4.7R667

GND B

GND A

V IN

U653

LM78L05

+C662

4.7

C661

.001

+15V

WO 652

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND

INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

DANGER

BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF

DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS

CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL

SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS.

R606

10k

C614

5pF

R604

C613

68pF

C666

68pF

C666

5pF

R669

22k

MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-21

10-16

January 2000

Part No. 001-2001-300

R33

R32 U16

916

15 28

814

C27

C11

C30

R28

C19

U22

15 28

13 14

U21

U18 U28

U11

C7 C20

C23

R24

C26

R21

C28

C29

R31

R22

R23

R25

132

1415

513

116

C11

U25

C24

814

R30

U20

U15

814

R34 Z1

C18

C17

C16

C15

64 32

U14

U3 U8

916

10 1

28 15

C12

U10

15 28

114

R37

R36

R20

R19

R18

R17

R38 R39

CR1

CR2

CR5

CR4

CR3

110

DS1

U12

CR6

R29

R12C9

C31

U26 135

642

84 2

U27

C13

R35

R27

R9 R5

R13

U13

Y2 Y4

U23 U30

20 1

123

C25

U32 S3

C40

R10

110

20 14

S2 U24

U31 U5

R11

C22

R26

R14

C21

812

13 24

U17

R16

R15

123

10-17 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MPC SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)

FIGURE 10-22 FOLDOUT

A0 42

A1 10

A2 41

A3 9

A4 40

A5 5

A6 39

A7 7

A8 38

A9 6

A10 37

A11 5

A12 36

A13 4

A14 35

A15 3

A16 34

A17 2

A18 33

A19 1

IRDB+ 25

IRDB- 57

DS1

ALARM DISPLAY

U26

14495L

DISPLAY DRIVER

h+i

U27

UPD70320

U15F

U15E

U15D

U15C

U15B 8

PO4

PO3

PO2

PO1

PO0

1213

R17

2.2k

R18

2.2k

R19

2.2k

R20

2.2k

CR1

CR2

CR5

CR4

CR3

+15V

R12

10k

NM1

CTS0

CTS1

DMARQ0

DMAAK0

TC0

DMARQ1

+5V

R14

10k

U24

SN65176B

RXD1

TXD1

INT/POLL

PO5

710

R11

1.2k

R10

200

1.2K

+12V

R29

10k

RE GND

R34

10k

-5V

+5V

U15A

74C906

R38

20k

+15V

LPTT 21

RNT TX DATA 22

MSTB 16

RNT RX DATA 23

TXD0

RXD0

MSTB

R/W

U20C

R30

10k

R31

10k

U6A

74HC32

U6B

WRITE 48

+5V

2MREQ

INTP0 INTP1 CLK OUT

60 61

MREQ 15

U6-9 (2)

U7-1 (2)

D0 46

D2 45

D3 13

D4 44

D5 12

D6 43

D7 11

D1 14

-5V IN 27

-5V IN 59

SOURCE

HSDB- 24

HSDB+ 56

S2-15 (2)

S2-16 (2)

+15V IN 30

+15V IN 62

C15

.01

+C17

U12

78L12

+15V

SOURCE

+12V

SOURCE

+5v IN 29

+5V IN 28

+5V IN 61

+5V IN 60

C16

.01

+C18

+5V

SOURCE

.01 C5

.01 C6

.01 C7

.01 C10

.01 C11

.01 C12

.01 C20

.01 C21

.01 C22

.01 C23

.01 C26

.01 C30

.01 C31

.01 C32

.01 C24

.01 C25

.01 C27

.01 C28

.01

COMPUTER TX 2

COMPUTER RX 3

MODEM DCD 4

U16D

U16C

U16F

145406

611

12 C1 D

RxRDY

TxE

TxD

RxD

U22

82C51

21 13 10

RESET RD WR

D7 8

1413

J3 J3

U21

MC14024

MR 276800

38400

19200

9600

4800

2400

1200

PT2

TxC

RxC

CTS DSR

17 22

U2D

89 U2E

10 11

2.4575 MHz

10M

C29

62pF C19

62pF

CLOCK

TOUT

U30-1 (2)

READY U19-2 (2)

PT1

68 U10-25 (2)

PT0 67 U9-3 (2)

P06 11 U9-27 (2)

10 MHz

10pF

D7 20

R39

270k

PT7 +15V

RESET

A18

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A19

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

30 PWD

OE WE CE

24 31 22

+5V

Vpp J2-2 (2)

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7 21

DATA BUS (7:0)

R15

10k

+5V

R16

10k

RESET

RST

PBRST

TDL

GND

RST Vcc

U17

RESET

3 DISABLE

1 WATCHDOG

U20B U20A

74HC00

6531

O14

O15

74HC154

A19

A18

A19

A16

O13

O11

7Y7

G2B

A13

A14

A15

74HC138

G1 +5V

G2A

U6-10 (2)

U7-2 (2)

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

U18

60L256

EPROM

U25

28F001BX

FLASH MEMORYMAIN MICROPROCESSOR

EWG

20 27 22

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

DQ8 22

A12

A11

A10

U28

28C64

RAM

VTH

IC9

IC49

IC53

IC75

CLK

OPERATIONAL

BLINKING

ON = HIGH POWER

OFF = LOW POWER

ON = LTR

OFF = MULTI-NET

ALARM

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

MPC SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)

FIGURE 10-23

10-18

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

U32A

74ACT244

+5V

R23

4.7k

R22

10k

R24

4.7k

R21

100k

1300

3812 U11

78L12

+15V +12V

SOURCE

R25

10k

1 FLASH

3 EPROM

+5V

U25-1 (1)

R27

10k

R26

10k

R28

4.7k

U2F

13 12

+5V

1OE

SINGLE

ENDED

RECEIVE

12 Y3

U32B

74ACT244

+5V

R13

150 R5

150

P1-24 (1)

P1-58 (1)

HSDB+

HSDB-

200

1.2k

+12V

U23

65176

GND RE

+5V

Vcc U16B

15 2

R35

3.9k

+5V

P1-3

P3-1

P3-0

U13

TP8052AH2

XTAL1 XTAL2

19 18 Y2

11.059 MHz

20pF

C13

20pF

12 MHz

1 MULTI-SPEED

2 CRYSTAL OUT

3 LTR SPEED

RST U17-6 (1)

PSEN

ALE

PO7

PO6

PO5

PO4

PO3

PO2

PO1

PO0

2P1-1

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A821

P2-0

P1-2

P1-0

P2-

P2-2

P2-3

P2-4 Y0

P2-6

P2-7

P3-8

P3-7

U6D

U2B

411

A024

74HC7030

25 DOR

DIR

U27-11 (1)

U27-67 (1)

V25 DATA BUS (7:0)

TX FIFO

U20DU6C

12 118

MSTB

U4-15 (1)

P1-16 (1)

A13

A14

A15

74HC138

G2A

G2B

Y2 Y1

+5V

11 IO0

IO7

IO6

IO5

IO4

IO3

IO2

IO1

HM6264LP-15

11 IO0

IO7

IO6

IO5

IO4

IO3

IO2

IO1

A12

A11

A10

A825

A10

A11

A12

CS1

A0 D0

+5V 26 CS2

OE WE

ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8)

ADDRESS BUS (7:0)

U14

27C256A

EPROM

RAM

HSDB

MICROPROCESSOR

ADDRESS

SELECT

A10

A11

A12

A13

LTR

+5V

A12

A11

A10

A13

A14

U7B

56U2A

U10

74HC7030

DOR

DIR

15 RX FIFO

4D8

U27-68 (1)

U7A

74HC32 U2C 653

U4-14 (1)

2D0

74HC573

LOWER ADDRESS LATCH

OC C EN

U31

U30 43

R40

U31 5

U2F 56

U31A

74ACT02

+5V

U27-64 (1)

U30A

74ACT14

U27-66 (1)

P2-5

GND

Vcc

10-19 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPP COMP SIDE)

FIGURE 10-24 FOLDOUT

C292

U115

U158

U137

U142

U120

58 18

16 9

C192

C191 C180

C219

R257

R248

C179

C193

R298

C194

R256

C100 C212 R316

R266

C303

C301 C300

C302

C226

R315

R187

R186

C151

R190

R189 R188

C152

R185 C214

R216

R127

CR107 R125

R123

R124

C175

C120

R119

R122

R120

C118

C229

R116

C134

C113 C115

R179

C235+

R298

R314 R267

R317

R214

R215

+C240

R114

C114

R113

C116

C174

R277

R118

R117

C117

RT100

R121

C187

R115

C119

R298

R230 R231

CR101

CR100

CR102

U167

14 8

U123

14 8

U135

U138

R126

U147

C213

U159

16 9

R298

R292

R290

C291

C283

R288

R289

+ C286

C251 +

C254

R291

C185 R219

C183

Q102

Q101

R220

R226

C161

R225

R254

R285

R227

R223 +C207

U114

16 9 U127

814

U117

16 9

U164

CR105

CR104

CR103

C200 R152

R153

C139 R154

C133

R151

R279

R280

C130

R137

C297

C138

R326 C132

C298

R150

C202

C129

R309

R143

R308

C232

C131

C183 R145

R138

R325

R299

R310 R324

U128

14 8

R141

R142

C125 C203

R149

R312

R313

R147

R311

R148

C127

C128

R140

C220

R146

R139

C124

U147

U153

16 9

U116

16 9

R263

R191 C222

R265

R183

R184

C153

C154

R195

R196

R259

C290

C289

R178

R180

C224

R177

C266

R258

C209

R225 C210

C223

C265

R264

R286R282

U166

U131

814

R262

R181

C288

R182

C287

R192

R193

R194

C264

C172

CR119

U102

16 9

C163

C230

C211

U104

110

20 11

U154

814

U101

14 8

R295

R296

C162

C199

C204

R209

R208

R207

R211

R210

C218

R297

R217

C197

CR120

U133

112

24 13

U103

112

24 13

C188

+ C255

C208

+ C268

MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE)

FIGURE 10-25

10-20

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-300

J104

J101

J102

R236

C285

C284

U132

R232

R287

C269 +

C267 +

R276

CR106

CR109

CR110

CR108

U125

U139 R235

R234

R133

C263

R251

C124

R132

R123

R131

R212

R136

R213

R134

C164

R135

C186

R250

C171

C189

C241 +

U141

R237 U122

U163

U121

R238

R244

U124

U131

CR118

C237

C105

C279

C242 +

C262

R206

C170

R205 R101 C103

R128

C122

R129

R130

R284

C205

C173

C293

C239

R111

C112

R112

R294 R293

C272

C227

R102

C234

R252

R104 R109

R253 R110

C109

C176

C108

R108

C277

C238

C110

C280

C111

R107

C107

C276

R106

C177

C271

C106

R105

C294

C104

R103

C101

R247

R281

C102

R307

C281

C236

C121

C278

CR117

CR113

CR114

R306

R268

C190

C178 R269

C304

C305 +

U148

U130

R305

R233

100 WO

103

P100

C257 +

R237

+C243

+C305

R239

S100

R242

C249

102

A301

101

+ C295

R322

R323

R320

R271

C184

R164

R275

R161

C181

R166

C144

C145 R321

C201

R165

C142

R167

R162

C136

U118

R163

C143

C137

R159

R160

R274

C195

R168

R201

R202

R204

C273

R221

R278

R100

U151

CR111

CR112

U126

J106

R245 R301

J100

J103

U100

U129

C196

R174

R173

C141

R157

R176

R158

R156

C146

C182

C165

C198

C150

R170

R169

C148

C147

C149

C228

R155

R218

C140

C160

R270

R175

R171

R172

C215

C216

R300

U149

+ C270

116WO

117

118

R302 R261

C221

C206

R260

C247

C217

R241

R240

U165

C246

C245

126

125 WO

109

108

127 Z100

Z101

Z102

U136

C231

R304

R303

+ C296

+ C256

124

119

121

U155 U107

U105

U162

916

122

120 WO

123

107 WO

106 WO

105

104 R319

C233

+ C258

128

129WO

131

130

U156

U106

U157

Y101

U111

U119

S102

U108

120

114

115

113

112

R318

R282

R283

U112

15 28

U161 U160

15 28

P101

123

Y100

U109 U110 S101

C156 R199

R222

C307

R319

R203

C166

R197C155

C169

C306

C157

R200

C159

+ C158

J105

112

2413

112

2413

10-21 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3)

FIGURE 10-26 FOLDOUT

A0 42

A1 10

A2 41

A3 9

A4 40

A5 8

A6 39

A7 7

A8 38

A9 6

A10 37

A11 5

A12 36

A14 35

A16 34

A13 4

A15 3

A17 2

A18 33

A19 1

MREQ 15

MSTB 16

RD 47

WR 48

HSDB+ 24

HSDB- 56

IRDB+ 25

IRDB- 57

TLA DB 26

LPTT 21

U161

74HC7030

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A16

A17

A18

U103

74HC573

D1 2

ADDRESS LATCH

U101

E611

U154B

10 4

TX FIFO

19 G2

A12

A13

A14

U133

74HC574

A15

ADDRESS LATCH

O3 O15

Q1 2

MPC LATCH

RX FIFO

U105

74HC573

C EN

R319

10k R209

10k R207

10k R208

10k R210

10k

LOCAL MIC PTT

Q102 (2)

CR120

5.1V

R211 100 WO 104

WO 106

WO 105

WO 107

+5V

R217

100 10 EXT REQ 1

P100

U160

74HC7030

DIR 13

RX FIFO 15

U154A

74HC32 U101

113 123

DIR

U101C

U154D

11 13

SO 26

DOR

DE 15

13 D8

TX FIFO

VOTER DATA IN 58

U162D 116

+5V 28

+5V 29

+5V 60

+5V 61

Z101

+5V

SOURCE

WO 114

WO 115

Z100

-5V

SOURCE

WO 108

WO 109

-5V 27

-5V 59

U119

DS1232

R282

10k

PO-0

PO-1

PO-2

PO-3

PO-4

PO-5

PO-6

PO-7

U111

TP8054AH2

P1-1

P1-3

P3-7 P1-0

P1-2

P2-0

P2-1

P2-2

P2-3

P2-4

P2-5

P2-6

P2-7

P3-6

10 P3-0

R318

10k

+5V

P102

J105 WDOG

Vcc1

RST

ST 7

RESET

9RESET

Y101

11.059 MHz

C163

20pF

C162

20pF

XTAL 1

XTAL 2

U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH

U125D-14 (2) RX DATA

R201 (3) TX DATA

R202 (3) TX SHAPE

U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN

ALE

PSEN

P1-6

P1-7

P3-2

P3-3

P3-4

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A13

A14

A15

U102

74HC138

G2A

G2B G1 6+5V

1413

Y2 Y1

ADDRESS

SELECT

U104

74HC573

Q1 19

C EN

EPROM

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

U101D

74HC0489

U154A

LOWER ADDRESS LATCH

U112

27C256A

11 A0

22 OE

CE 20

+15V 62

+15V 30 Z102

+15V

SOURCE

WO 111

WO 110

+C256

C231

.01

8V IN

CGND

V OUT

U136

LM78L08

R303

240

R304

+C296

+9V

SOURCE

+C258

C233

.01 C234

.01 C262

.01 C263

.01 C227

.01 C228

.01 C271

.01 C272

.01 C273

.01 C229

.01

U100

U110

U113, U114, U115, U116, U117

U118, U153, U158, U159

U120, U124, U130, U135, U164

U165, U166

U121, U163

U122, U123, U125, U126, U129

U127, U128, U131, U167

U137, U138, U139, U141, U142

U143, U147, U148, U149, U151

U162

IC +15V +9V -5V GND

PIN NUMBER

9, 22

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN

MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN

U108

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12

U107

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12

U106

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12

U156

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12

U155

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12

U157

74HC573

11 CLK

D8 Q8 12 WO 117

WO116

WO118

U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE

R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE

U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE

U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE

U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE

U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE

CS 15

U151-7 (3) CS 14

WO 127

U149-7 (3) CS 12

U149-7 (3) CS 11

U148-7 (3) CS 10

U115D-16 (2) RX NET

U153B-8 (3) TX NET

WO 126

U143-7 (3) CS 6

U142-7 (3) CS 5

WO 125

U141-7 (3) CS 3

U139-7 (3) CS 2

U138-7 (3) CS 1

U137-7 (3) CS 0

U-D U151-U149 (3)

INC U151-U149 (3)

U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE

U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE

U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE

U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE

U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE

U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE

U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL

U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE

U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE

U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE

U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE

U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE

U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE

U153C-9 (3) REPEAT GATE

U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE

U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE

U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE

U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE

U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE

U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE

U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE

U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE

MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3)

FIGURE 10-27

10-22

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-300

VOTER AUDIO 25

C100

470pF

C235

1R249

36k R233

100k

U120A

2904

R248

120k

U115A

VOTER AUDIO

MUTE

U108-19 (1)

RX WB AUDIO 27

C103

P100

R101

29.4k R247

54.9k

C101

.0022

R281

1M C102

.001

U121A

2904

R102

147k +

U121B

2904

R103

69.8k C104

100pF

C236

.001

C281

820pF

U122A

2904

R452

43k R237

100k

C239

68pF

5253

390k

R104

15k

C105

.033

U121B

2904 7

C294

R294

R293

6.2k

+9V

+1.25

SOURCE C279

.22

C237

.033

C106

.068

R106

1.07M

R105 100

U122B

2904 7

C276

.0022

C277

.0047

C107

.022

C238

.047

R108 110

C108

R107

1.07M

U122C

2904 8

C109

C239

.068 R110

110

R109

1.07M

U122D

2904

C278

.0068

C110

.022

C111

47k

C280

.022

R111

18.2k

U163A

3303

R112

47k

C112

.01

U113B

NORMAL

RX GATE

NORMAL RX

U157-15 (1) U113D

RX SQUELCH

ACTIVE

GATE

R284

10k

RX SQ ACT

U157-18 (1)

R214

3.9k

R215

+5V

CR107

4.3V

R216

10k

U113C

RX MUTE

GATE

11 10

U108-17 (1) OPT

WO101 WO102

A301

COMPANDING

OPTION

1EXP IN

EXP OUT

+5V

C249

COMP IN

COMP OUT WO 103 (3)

WO 100 (3)

U114C

U114B

U114A

RX OPTION

GATE

R299

10k

+5V

RX OPTION

U108-16 (1)

U116B

RX AUDIO

GATE

U108-14 (1)

RX AUDIO

U115B

RX VOICE

GATE

U108-15 (1)

RX VOICE

R257

36k R238

100k

U120B

2904

R256

36k

C292

360pF U115C

RX VOICE

BACKPLANE

10 11

U108-13 (1)

RX VOICE

TO BACKPLANE

C305

CR117

15V

CR118

15V

31 RX VOICE

U115D

RX NET

GATE

15 14

U155-18 (1)

RX NET +

U165B

2904 6

R300

36k R238

100k

R302

36k

R259

10k R239

100k

U166A

MC33178

R258

2.2k

C290

300pF

MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER

13 RXA +

C243

10 R180

300

U166B

MC33178

R177

10k

C289

300pF

R178

100k

C244

10 R179

300

U116A

FSK TO

AUDIO

GATE

U108-12 (1)

FSK TO AUDIO

R263

10k R241

100k

U131A

3303

R262

2.2k

C288

300pF

U165A

2904 2

R260

36k R240

100k

R261

300k

U117A-3 (1)

TX INTERCOM

GATE

SECONDARY AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

FSK AMPLIFIER

C247

2 RXS-

C246

10 R184

300

U131B

3303

R181

10k

C287 300pF

R182 100k

C245

10 R183

300

U162C

14 3

1 RXS+

S100

12 5

+5V

SECONDARY

AUDIO TO RNT

14 RXA-

P100

VOICE AMPLIFIER

U114D

LOCAL AUDIO

MUTE GATE

14 15

U108-18 (1)

LOCAL AUDIO

MUTE GATE

R254

47k

R236

10k

C299

.01

+C295

220

ON/OFF/

VOL R291

C286

+C251

15 C254

R292

C291

U132

TDA2003 R290

C283

C285

470

R288

220

C284

220

R289

2.2

R232

J104

J101

EXTERNAL

SPEAKER

SPKR/MIC

LOCAL AUDIO

OUTPUT

LOCAL AUDIO

AMPLIFIER

C113

100pF

U135A

MC33178

R114

18k

C114

100pF

R113

150k

C115

100pF

HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz

C116

.001 R277

5.1k R234

100k

U135B

MC33178

R115

47k

R116

1.5k

C117

.01

U123A

3303

R117

6.2k

R118

12k RT100

10k C118

.01

CR101

R119

47k

R120

10k

C120

R122

10k

-5V

U123B

3303

R121 47k

U123C

3303

10 8

C119

R124

R123

330k R230

7.5k

CR100

R231

10k

U159B-6 (3)

LOGIC SQUELCH

R229

R228

5.1k

+5V

R125

100k

SCHMITT

TRIGGER

NOISE

RECTIFIER

NOISE AMPLIFIER

+C240

-5V

R126

100k +

U123D

3303

13 14

R127

470k

R128

100k

C122

.022

R129

47k

U124A

MC33178

R206

10k

R205

7.5k

-5V +9V

C121

.01

R130

100k

R131

56k

R132

56k

C123

.047

C124

.0068

U124B

2904

R251

51k R235

100k

U125A

3303

R250

150k

RECEIVE DATA FILTER

DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR

U125B

3303

U125C

3303

CR108

CR110

CR109

U159C-10 (3)

DATA TO A-D GATE

R134

100k

R133

100k

-5V

+C242

+C241

-5V

U125D

3303

R135

47k

R136

10k

R276

18k

CR106

R212

R213

5.1k

+5V

RX DATA

U111-8 (1)

C230

.01

+C255

-5V

+C207

+C267

+C268

C186

.01 C187

.01 C188

.01 C189

.01 C190

.01 C191

.01 C192

.01 C193

.01 C194

.01 C195

.01 C196

.01 C197

.01 C198

.01 C199

.01 C200

.01 C201

.01 C202

.01 C203

.01 C204

.01 C205

.01 C206

.01 C264

.01 C265

.01 C266

.01 C208

.01 C209

.01 C210

.01 C211

.01 C212

.01 C213

.01 C214

.01 C215

.01 C216

.01 C217

.01 C218

.01 C229

.01

23 RNT TX DATA

22 RNT RX DATA

P101

S101 U162C

15 2 116

RS-232 DATA

TO/FROM RNT

TXS+ TO S100-2 (3)

U110

MX614TN

U153D-14 (3)

RXD

RXIN

RXAMPOUT

VBIAS

GND

TXD

Y100

2.4576MHz

C166

15pF

C155

15pF 2XTAL/CLK

XTAL

RXEQ

Vcc

R197

C306

+5V

C307

100pF

R222

100k R199

100k

C156

U153C-7 (3)

U109

MX614TN

12 GND R203

10k R200

2.2k

+5V

TXD

6M1

2XTAL/CLK

7RXIN

5M0

11 TXOUT

RXEQ

Vcc

R198

10k

+C158

+5V

C159

13 VBIAS

CLK

18 CLK

11 10

U153C

REPEAT

GATE

11 10

U107-19 (1)

U153A-2 (3)

10-23 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3)

FIGURE 10-28 FOLDOUT

J102

LOCAL MIC JACK

R204

2.2k

R205

6.8k Q201

3657

+5V

R206

10k

R207

10k Q202

3658

R208

10k

+5V

U14-2 (1)

LOCAL MIC PTT

C201

.1R209

16k

U203A

2904

R210

180k

U203B

2904

R214

22k

C204

.0056

R215

43.2k

C205

.0047

R216

86.6k

U204B

3404

R218

909k

C206

.0033

R217

25.5k

C207

.0039 +

U204C

3403

CR202

2.4V

CR203

2.4V

R220

U204D

3403

CR201

R221

150k

R222

150k

+5V

-5V

CR204 CR205

R223

150k

TX AUDIO BUFFER HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz

LIMITER

R224

121k

R225

121k

U204A

3403

R226

35.7k +

U205B

2904

C211

.0033

R227

27.4k

C212

680pF

LOWPASS FILTERS

R228

22.6k +

U205A

2904

C213

.01

R229

17.4k

C214

680pF

R213

43k

C202

R230

180k

U207

X9C10415

100k

VH VW VL

U18-15 (1)

U208C

3403

C218

360pF

R232

39k

C219

.047 R241

82k

U129B

3303

R245

82k

C223

390pF

R240

82k

R261

240k

C233

.022

U208A

3403

R258

430k

C232

.0047

R259

10k

R260

10k +5V-5V

R257

4.3k

R256

150k

C230

.01

U209A

74HC02

R255

54.9k

U209B

74HC02

R254

CWID

CONTROL

U15-12 (1)

CWID GENERATOR

TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER

U/D

INC U15-13 (1)

U15-12 (1) 20 TPI HS DATA

U135B

U17-19 (1)

NORMAL MOD MUTE 6

C209

470pF

C208

.0047

R219

3.3k

U134C

U16-14 (1)

LOCAL MIC MUTE

C203

R212

43k

C235

.01

U208B

3403

R242

36k

R243

18k

C224

.22

U206B

2904

C229

100pF

R238

1k R237

100k

R236

47k

U206A

2904

C228

100pF

R235

10k

R234

1.2k

U135A

TX DATA

ENABLE

U17-14 (1)

R251

10k

U135D

TX TONE ENABLE

14 15

U17-13 (1)

R253

24k

C217

100pF

C226

R252

10k TX TONE

U7-11 (1)

R233

R249

330k R248

470k

7 V REF EX

R250

4.7k

C216

220

CR210

3.9V

CR211

3.9V

C215

220

J201

18 TPI SUB TX DATA

TX DATA

AMPLIFIER

R244

82k

C222

C234

.01

29 TX MOD

C221

100pF

R239

82k 9

1011

U135C

EXT MOD MUTE

GATE

U17-17 (1)

C220

15 U137D

TX MOD

A-D GATE

U15-18 (1)

C231

.0047

CWID FILTER

U108A

2904

R149

10k

R150

7.5k +9V-5V

R148

47k

R146

100k

C134

.022

C135

.01

R147

100k

R151

56k

C136

.047

R152

56k

U108B

2904

C137

.0068

R153

51k R154

100k

U110A

3403

R155

270k

C158

U110C

34038

10 CR105

CR106

U110B

34037

5CR104

R156

47k

-5V

+C138

-5V

+C139

R157

100k

R158

100k

U110D

3403

C140

.001

13 14

R159

10k

COMPARATOR

DC RESTORATION

DATA AMPLIFIER

RECEIVE DATA FILTER

CR107

R160

5.1k

+5V

R161

1k R162

18k

CR212

15V

CR213

15V

U137C

DATA TO A-D

U17-19 (1)

U137B

LOGIC SQ

A-D

U16-19 (1)

R201

36k R202

100k

U202A

33178

R203

36k

C227

100pF

U16-15 (1)

U136A

TX VOICE GATE

U16-16 (1)

TX OPTION

14U136D

U136C

TX OPTION GATE

R211

10k

+5V

U137A LEVEL DETECT

U16-17 (1)

8U136B

WO 100 WO 103

OPTION

U133A

REPEAT GATE

U15-13 (1)

U15-15 (1)

U133B

RX VOICE GATE R171

36k R172

100k

U113B

33178

R173

36k

C150

360pF

R188

C154

J106

CR208

3.9V

CR209

3.9V

CR214

3.9V

CR216

3.9V

28 A-D LEVEL

17 TPI TX AUDIO

C225

J100

J103

A-D LEVEL

U133C

RX VOICE TO

BACKPLANE

C153

13 TPI RX VOICE

22 TPI RX DATA

16 TPI LOGIC NOISE SQ

U105A

33178

R122

5.1k

C126

100pF

R121

150k

C125

100pF C127

100pF

R120

18k

C128

.001 R123

100k

U105B

33178

R124

47k

NOISE AMPLIFIER

SQ ADJ

HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz

C157

20pF

R125

1.5k

C129

.01

U107A

34031

R126

6.2k

R127

12k

RT100

10k C130

.01

CR101 CR102

R130

10k

R131

47k

C132

-5V

R128

10k

U107B

34037

R129

47k

C131

U107C

34038

10 R133

R132

330k R134

3.9k

CR108

R135

2.4k

+5V

R136

R137

10k CR110

5.1V

R190

R138

100k

+C133

-5V

R139

100k

U107D

340314

R140

470k

R141

10k

CR103

4.3V

R142

3.9k

R143

+5V

U15-19 (1)

RX SQ ACT

U131D

RX SQ

ACTIVE

GATE

R144

10k

U15-18 (1)

NORMAL RX

TIMING BUFFER

SCHMITT TRIGGER

NOISE RECTIFIER

U101A

2904

RX WB AUDIO 27

P100 C101

.1R101

29.4k

C102

.0022

R102

54.9k

R103

1M C103

.001

R104

147k R105

69.8k

C106

100pF

U101B

2904

C105

.001

C104

820pF R106

43k R107

100k

NARROW BAND

AUDIO ADJ

U103A

2904

R108

390k

C107

68pF

C124

U104B

33178

+1.25

R118

6.2k

R119

+9V

R109

15k

C108

.033

C109

.22 C110

.033

R110

100

C111

.068

R111

1.07M

U103B

3403

C113

.0022

C112

.022

C114

.0047 C115

.047

R112

110

C116

R113

1.07M

U103C

3403

C118

.0068

C117

.022

R115

1.07M

C121

.022

C122

.022

C119

.068

R114

110

C120

R116

18.2k

U103D

3403

13 14

U104A

33178

R117

47k

C123

.01

DE-EMPHASIS

HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz

LOW -PASS FILTER < 3 kHz

10611

U131B

NORMAL

RX GATE

U131C

RECEIVE

MUTE GATE

U15-17 (1)

OPTION

R145

10k

U15-14 (1)

+5V

U132C 9

U132A

RECEIVE

OPTION GATE

U132B

WO 101 WO102

OPTION

14 15

U132D

LOCAL AUDIO

MUTE GATE

U15-16 (1)

R163

47k

R164

10k

R191

C142

10 1

LOCAL AUDIO

ON/OFF/VOL

+15V

+C141

220

+C144

C145

R165

C146

C143

.01

C147

220

+C149

470

R167

220

R168

2.2

R166

C148

R169

J101

SPKR/MIC

J104

EXT SPKR

LOCAL AUDIO OUTPUT

U111

TDA2003

+5V J105 P105

R176

100k

R175

10k

CR109

5.1V

R174

10k

CR215

15V

CR217

15V

15 TPI SQ ENABLE

P100

CONNECT IF NOT USING EXTERNAL

SQUELCH GATE CONTROL

P106

CONNECT IF

USING WITH

JOHNSON

LTR LOGIC

U202B

33178

R264

75k

R266

75k

R267

75k

R265

75k

C296

C297

R262

300

R263

300

3J202

P202

S100

3 TX+

4 TX-

INSTALL IF

USING EDACS

SYSTEM

R269

100k

U210A

33178

R270

2.2k

C298

300pF

R271

100k

R268

10k

U210B

33178

C299

300pF

R272

100k

C300

C301

R273

300

R274

300

1 RX+

2 RX-

S100

23 MA

P201

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

WHEN VEGA OPTION IS USED (023-2000-960), S100 SWITCHES MUST BE

IN THE "OFF" (OPEN) POSITION.

(TO ADAPTER CARD)

(FROM ADAPTER CARD)

(LOW SPEED DATA ENABLE)

(HIGH SPEED DATA)

(LOW SPEED DATA)

E-OPTION

STD TPI

R247

5.1k

+5V

IAC COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-29

10-24

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

C504

R570

R505

C506

C520

C508

C505 C507 C510

C501

R575

C527

C526

R505

C506

R503

C509

U519

U522

U523

U509 U507

R572

R500

R501

R573

C528

R571

R574 C503

Q503

C506

CR522

R524

R532

Q501

S508

Q502

CR528

R508

J502

J501

J500

J505

U506

R509

C502

R529

R521

R510

Q505

Q504

CR530

CR534CR533

R543

R512

R544

R542

R511

R558

2011

110

501

502

110

11 20

U503

U508

U518

110

11 20

C500

R519

R518

R517

R516

R520

CR500

CR504

CR505

CR502

CR503

R515

CR501

R577

CR524

R576

CR523

R578

CR525

148

U518

CR535

110

11 20

R513

R514

R539

R540

R559

R507

R538

R564

R550

R549

R545

R552

R551

R563

C516

R568

R554

R567

R553

U518

S502

123

814

J503

CR536 CR527

CR537

C504

CR511CR510

U521

110

11 20

503

504

505

R547 R561

C514

C515

C513 C512

R541

R528

U501

112

13 24

U500

112

13 24

C536 C536

CR507CR506

S500

U520

S503

CR513

CR512

U512

R546

R560

R569

R555

C536 C562

CR509

CR508

S501

U510

508 WO

509

133

L501

P500

C532

506

C531

510

507

511

F501

F502

C530

C533

C529

CR526

C519

C521

C511

Z501

Z500

U505

C522

C523

64 32

110

C518

U504

110

C556

C557

Q500

R535

R527

C517

114

213

K500

114

213

K502

515

512

516

513

517

514

R537

R526

C535 C537

R534

R533

C538

C534

R523

R522

C539

R531

C536

R530

R525

518

CR532

CR531

U514

P501

CR528

R506

10-25 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

IAC SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-30 FOLDOUT

D0 46

D1 14

D2 45

D3 13

D4 44

D5 12

D6 43

D7 11

A12 36

A13 4

A14 35

A15 3

A16 34

A17 2

A18 33

A19 1

MREQ 15

23A16 A18

A17

A18

A19

U501

74HC154 19

G1 19

23A12 A

A13

A14

A15

BU500

74HC154

ADDRESS LATCH

19 G2

ADDRESS LATCH

U518

74HC574

11 CLK

THERMAL SENSOR 56

U506

ADC0804

R509

10k

R508

10k

C502

C503

150pF R510

10k

Vcc

20 INTR 5

VREF

V IN -

GND A

GND D

CLK IN

CLKR

VIN+

P500

RD 47

WR 48

RPTR ON/OFF 57

S508

U508B R520

2.7k

CR503

+5V

U508C R516

2.7k

CR502

U508A

74HC906 R517

2.7k

CR505

U508E R519

2.7k

10 11

CR504

U508D R518

2.7k

CR500

1OC

Q6 Q8

14 12

U517

74HC573

2D1

19 11

1OC

D8 D2

R507

10k

R513

10k R514

10k R559

10k

D5 6

R539

100k

U505

74HC574

2Q1

11 CLK 1

Q8 12

19 12 RF MUX 1 INH

13 RF MUX 2 INH

14 RF MUX 3 INH

15 PC STR

16 HS CS EX

26 SYN CS EX

25 HS CS RX

10 SYN CS RX

11 WO 1

1 GROUND

9 AC FAIL IN

P501

U504

74HC574

2Q1

CLK

Q8 12

19 29 RF DATA 1

30 RF DATA B

31 RF DATA C

32 RF DATA

8 RF CLOCK

23 AC FAIL OUT

24 WO 2

R543

10k R544

CR533

15V

CR534

15V

+5V

U508E

74HC906

12 13 7 EXT REQ 1

C520

+C507

+C505

R505

2k R570

C501

.015

C506

+C504

U519

SAG04AD

IFA D1

1RSSIO 5

IFA D2

IFA OUT

LIM IN

LIM D2

LIM D1

IFA IN

MUTE IN

R575

82k

U509A

3403

R503

5.1k

+C509

U509B

3403

U507B

U507A

U507D

J500

C510

U509C

3403 9

R573

5.1k

C528

.01

+C524

10 R571

10k

R572

16k +12V

R574

51k

U507C

28 A D LEVEL

+C508

+8V

+5V IN 28

+5V IN 29

+5V IN 60

+5V IN 61

SOURCE

Z501

+C522

+5V

C521

.01 R515

CR501

FILTERED 26

+15V

FILTERED 58

+15V

L501

+C530

220 C529

.01 R578

2.7k

CR525

+15V

R576

2.7k

CR523

ACCESSORY 24

ACCESSORY 25

+15V

ACCESSORY

F501

CR526

+C532

1000

C531

.01

ALARM 2 OUT+ 20

2,1

+15V

Q501

3658

K501

R524

4.7k

R532

4.7k

+5V

2,13

+15V

Q500

3658

K500

R527

4.7k

R535

4.7k

+5V

ALARM 2 OUT- 52

ALARM 1 OUT+ 19

ALARM 1 OUT- 51

-5V IN 27

-5V IN 59

+15V IN 30

+15V IN 62

-5V

R577

CR524

C538

.01

Z500

+C523

+15V

C511

.01

+15V OUT

J502

U503

74HC574

11 CLK

2,1

+15V

Q502

3658

K502

R521

4.7k

R529

4.7k

+5V

1 ALARM 3 OUT+

17 ALARM 3 OUT-

2,1

+15V

Q503

3658

K503

R500

4.7k

R501

4.7k

+5V

2 ALARM 4 OUT+

18 ALARM 4 OUT-

R557

10k R556

10k

+5V

WO 501

WO 502

U514A

LM2904

R523

10k

C534

100pF

R522

10k

C536

.1R530

10k

R531

4.32k

R522

10k

U514B

LM2904

R526

10k

C535

100pF

R533

+5V

R534

C537

CR531

15V

CR534

15V

R537

27 I/O 13

WO 512

WO 513

WO 514

WO 515

WO 516

WO 517

WO 518

22 BUF RX WBAND

3 RX WBAND

U522

78L12 +C525

+12V

C539

.01

+C527

+15V

U523

78M08

SOURCE

+C526

+8V

SOURCE

C512

.01

+5V

C513

.01 C514

.01 C515

.01 C516

.01 C517

.01 C518

.01 C519

.01 C500

.01

U521

74HC573

1OC

D1 D2

R545

10k R549

10k R550

10k R551

10k

R563

10k

CR535

4.3V

R552

10k

R564

3.9k

CR534

15V

CR533

15V

WO 505

WO 504

WO 503

U520

4N35

561

R536

10k

R528

1.2K

S500

CR507

CR506

R502 430

R541 200 +5V

+15V

P500

ALARM 1 IN +

ALARM 1 IN -

+5V

U510

4N35

561

R562

10k

R555

1.2K

S501

CR509

CR508

R548 430

R569 200 +5V

+15V

ALARM 2 IN +

ALARM 2 IN -

+5V

EXT REQ 2

U513C

CR533

5.1V

R504

1K 3

U511

4N35

561

R561

10k

R554

1.2K

S511 R547 430

R568 200 +5V

+15V

ALARM 3 IN +

ALARM 3 IN -

+5V

J503

CR511

CR510

U513B

CR528

5.1V

R506

1K 3

U512

4N35

561

R560

10k

R553

1.2K

S503 R546

430

R567 200 +5V

+15V

ALARM 4 IN +

ALARM 4 IN -

+5V

J504

CR513

CR512

10 11

P504

P503

+15V

R558

10k

Q505

3616

Q504

3616

R511

20k

R512

10k CR529

15V

CR530

15V

SQUELCH ENABLE

J505P505

SQUELCH

ENABLE OUT

INVERTED

NON-INVERTED

U503 CONTROL NON-

INVERTED

NOTES:

1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN

MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

C533

.01

CR548

J506

P506

REMOVE FOR EDACS OPTION

REPEATER/BASE

FILTERED

SOURCE

BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE)

FIGURE 10-31

10-26

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

P13P15

P17

P7 P5 P3 P18 P16 P14 P12 P1

133

32 64

1 17

3216

133

32 64

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

1 17

3216

133

32 64

133

32 64

133

32 64

133

32 64

133

32 64

133

32 64

10-27 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE)

FIGURE 10-32 FOLDOUT

25 26

P10

33 34

P11

WO4 WO1

WO2

WO6

WO7

WO3

WO17

WO16

WO13 WO5 WO8

BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-33

10-28

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

331

ALARM 1 OUT +

ALARM 2 OUT +

SYNC IN

COM 17

MSTB

MREQ

EXT REQ 2

SQUELCH ENABLE

ALARM 4 IN +

ALARM 3 IN +

ALARM 2 IN +

ALARM 1 IN +

A13

A15

A17

A19 A18

A16

A14

A12

ALARM 1 IN -

ALARM 2 IN -

ALARM 3 IN -

ALARM 4 IN -

IAC 41

COM 49

COM 50

ALARM 1 OUT -

ALARM 2 OUT -

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

THERMAL SENSOR

POWER SWITCH

+15V

ACC

+15V

FILT

-5V

+5V

+15V

FILT

-5V

+5V

+15V

331

TLA+

SYNC IN

COM 17

MSTB

MREQ

A11

A13

A15

A17

A19 A18

A16

A14

A12

A10

COM 49

COM 50

TLA-

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

HSDB-

IRDB-

-5V

+5V

+15V

-5V

+5V

+15V

IAC SLOT

P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18

+15V

FILT

LPTT

RNT TX DATA

RNT RX DATA

P11

IRDB+

COM 26

WO 13

+15V

FILT

P11

HSDB-HSDB+ 5

ALARM BUS (1-2)

ALARM BUS (3-8)

WO 4

WO 1

WO 6

WO 7

WO 3

WO 5

WO 8

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

EXT REQ 2

SQUELCH ENABLE

ALARM 4 IN +

ALARM 3 IN +

SYNC IN

COM 17

ALARM 3 OUT +

ALARM 4 OUT +

TX DATA OUT

COM 53

COM 54

COM 55

I/O 13

ALARM 3 IN -

ALARM 4 IN -

IAC 41

EXT OUT 1

COM 49

COM 50

ALARM 3 OUT -

ALARM 4 OUT -

TX DATA IN

RX VOICE

TX VOICE

BUF RX WBAND

COMM 6

P10

(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1)

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

PTT ENABLE

TX AUDIO

SQ ENABLE

RX VOICE

HS DATA ENABLE

RXS+

TXS+

VOTER AUDIO

VOTER DATA IN

RSSI

WB DISC

LOGIC NOISE SQ

SUB TX DATA

HS DATA

RX DATA

RXS-

TXS-

EXT MOD

EXT REQ 1

AC FAIL OUT

(TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2)

1 17

2 18

3 19

4 20

5 21

6 22

7 23

8 24

925

10 26

11 27

12 28

13 29

RX WBAND

ALARM 4 OUT +

ALARM 3 OUT +

COMM 6

EXT OUT 1

RF CLOCK

AC FAIL IN

SYN CS RX

WO 1

RF MUX 1 INH

RF MUX 2 INH

ALARM 3 OUT -

ALARM 4 OUT -

BUF RX WBAND

AC FAIL OUT

WO 2

HS CS RX

SYN CS EX

I/O 13

A-D LEVEL

RF DATA A

1 17

2 18

3 19

4 20

5 21

6 22

7 23

8 24

9 25

10 26

11 27

12 28

13 29

TXS-

TXS+

RXS-

RXS+

COMM 6

I/O 13

V REF EX

TX DATA OUT

TX DATA IN

EXT REQ 1

EXT MOD

RSSI

RX VOICE

TX AUDIO

SUB TX DATA

PTT EN

HS DATA

HS DATA ENABLE

RX DATA

VOTER AUDIO

A-D LEVEL

RX WBAND

WO 3

TX MOD

P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17

1 2

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

HS CS EX

PC STR

WO 1

WO 4

RX WBAND

RF DATA A

RF DATA C

RF MUX 2 INH

RF CLOCK

HS CS RX

RF MUX 1 INH

RF MUX 3 INH

LPTT

SYN CS EX

TX MOD

WO 3

WO 2

RF DATA B

A-D LEVEL

RF DATA

SYN CS RX

RSSI

RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR

WO 16

WO 17

SYNC IN

COM 50

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

V REF EX 14

WB DISC

SQ ENABLE

LOGIC NOISE SQ

WO 4

RX VOICE

TX VOICE

RF MUX 3 INH

PC STR

HS CS EX

RF DATA B

RF DATA C

RF DATA

AUDIO/DATA BUS 2

AUDIO/DATA BUS 1

ALARM 1 IN +

ALARM 2 IN +

ALARM 1 OUT +

ALARM 2 OUT +

ALARM 1 IN -

ALARM 2 IN -

ALARM 1 OUT -

ALARM 2 OUT -

+15V

ACC +15V

ACC

WO2

10-29 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT

(OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE)

FIGURE 10-34 FOLDOUT

C219

C221

C141

C146

C210 C207 R272

C217

C218

CR107

CR107 R150

U107

R166

R167

R168

CR138

Q105

R130

R131

R132

C148 R155

R129

R133

R134

R154

Q103

CR137

Q106

R202

R263

C135

R157

R274

R156

C225

R262

Q114

U115

C236

R222

R175

R173

CR140

R151

C134

C133+

R152

R176

C233

+ C232

CR122

Q110

Q111

C132+

C131

R178C138

R158

C152

U104

Q121

Q112

R180 R179

R181

R195

R196

R194

R193

R192

R197

R228

C229

C224

C223

R220

C173

R191

Q120

+C230

U106

CR139

C180 +

C181

R234

C182

R233

C174

R308

C183

R229

R227

R232

+C178

C177

U112

C159 +

C199 +

R268

R208

R231

CR127

C160 +

R267

C161

R207

Q124

CR125

C170 R210

R209

CR124

R206

R205

R200

R215

R239 C171

R217

R198

R199

C215

C167

R212

C220

R214

R216

R211

U116

Q122

Q126

U119

C168

R281

R213

R246

R189

R201

R247

R248

R204

Q123

R203

C162

CR133

C164 C185

R266

R202

C176

R224

R225

Q127

Q128

R315

R219

R218

C172

C177

R269

R309

C203

R263

R223 R226 R259

C175

R221

C201

C200 +

U113

R264

R162

R185 R221

R221

R187

R189

R188

R138

R139

C151

R118

R135

R230

C157

C234

+ C231

R273

R190

R158 R137

R136

C154

C155

R184

R170

R171

R169

U106

R183

R182

R172

C150

+C153

C149

U109

U103

C115

U108

R256 C192

C196

R260

+C198 R261

C195

C193

C194

R258

R245

R271

R270 C204

R244

R240

C184

Q131

CR131

Q130

CR130

R243

R242

R237

R235

R236

Q129

R238

R241

C208

R252

Q133

U120

R253

U117

R249 R250

R222

C190

R251

C191

R255

C213

C214 Q102

C235

R279

R280

R277

R278

U121

U122

CR136 R303

C211

R287

C212

R286

R276

Q138

CR101

CR110

CR142 CR143 R279

U118

R285

C227

R284

CR102 CR111

C102

CR113

R305

C109

R257

CR119

CR118 CR123

Q117

Q115

CR117

R160

R159

R161

C136+

C228+

CR134

+C107

CR112

R125

R163

R164

CR120

R165

C137+

C140 +

C139 +

R312

R121

R311

R307

R146 R153

R145

C125

R122

R313

R123

R314

R124

R127

C122

C108

R119

R144

R143

C124

R148

R147

CR116 + C128

Q104

CR115

R149

C129

C112 C130

C126

C147 +C123

R141

R107

C127

R142

C120

C121

U102

C113

C118

C116

+C119

+C117

R106

R140

R104

R101

C103 R103

R105

R102

CR114

Q107 Q108

R115

C114

R111

R117

R128

R126

R112

CR147

R153

R116

+C105

C104+

CR103

CR104

CR106

CR105

R120

R109

R306 R302

R110

R108

EBC

CGS

R177

800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT

(COMPONENT SIDE VIEW)

FIGURE 10-35

10-30

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

L107

RT102 RT101

T101

EP105

EP101

RV102

W113 W111

EP103

EP104

C106

C101

C205

U114

R254

C209

L105 T109

C186

CR132

Q132

CR126

Q125 U111

T108

L104

CR135 +

C188 CR129

C187 +

C166

L102

W109

C165

R216

L103

CR141

W115

W107

C169

C163

J102

J101

L101

CR145 CR109

Q101

C110

C111

T105

T106

Q116 Q118

C142

A803

CR121 CR128

W116

C143

W105 W106

EP106

F102

C144

C145

W104

W112

W111

W110

C107

R113

R114

4 2

S G

DS G

G D SG D SG D

10-31 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2)

FIGURE 10-36 FOLDOUT

150V DC

BATTERY BACKUP

EP108

DC INPUT (+)

RED

EP105

DC INPUT (-)

BLACK

EP104

HV GROUND

BATTERY BACKUP

EP109

RT101 RT102

IN RUSH CURRENT

LIMITERS

R101

330k

R102

330k

R103

240k

R104

100k

C103

.22

R140

15k

C118

270pF

+C117

.47

+C119

C127

.01

R142

560k

C126

V RMS

GND

V EAO

U102

ML4841IS

R105

330k

R106

330k

R107

330k

IAC 400V

CONTROLLER IC

R302

20k

R110

20k

R108

20k R109

20k

R120

20k

R306

20k

9,10

12,13

14,15

16,17

18,19,20

CR105

CR106

C104

CR103

+C105

R116

36k

+C106

1500

R128

+C107

1500

R117

330

+15V

PRE-CONTROLLER

C114

Q108

6027

R126

R112

Q107

6026

R115

4.7k

CR114

R111

220

PFC

OUT

Q101

6354

R113

.03

R114

.03

R153

100

C116

CR145

+C110

330

+C111

330 R311

100k R121

100k

R312

100k R122

100k

R313

100k R123

100k

R314

100k R124

100k

R127

1.27k

RAMP2

PRI SEC

T105 CR112

+400V

R125

R307

C125

.0033

R146

100

VDC

R143

C122

470pF

R144

24.3k

R119

24.3k

RTCT

RAMP1 C108

470pF

C113

.0047

+C123

1C124

R141

10k

C121

.0027

C120

270pF

IEA0

REF

Vcc

PWM

OUT

CR115

CR116

C147

+C128

6.8C129

Q104

6026

R149

+15V +15V

PRE-CONTROLLER

SWITCHED PRE-CONTROLLER

R148

4.7k

C139

6.8

C140

6.8

C137

2.2

C228

2.2

C197

2.2

C136

2.2

T106 R161

R159

20 CR123

R160

470

Q115

6026 CR117

18V

CR119

Q116

6351

R163

R165

20 CR134

Q117

6026

R164

470

CR120

18V

Q118

6351

CR118

+400V

U108

R169

R170

820 R171

820 R172

100k

C150

.01

U109

TL431ID 8

CATHODE

ANODE A

ANODE B

NC A

REF

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

C149

R175

1.8k

R174

R173

16.9k

+2.5V

R222

R272

C207

.0022

C210

.0022

67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP

EP106

R166

10 R167

10 R168

C142

.001

CR121

CR128

L101

APPROXIMATELY

100V PEAK

+C143

2700

+C144

2700

+C145

2700

C146

.1C141

F102

10A

(25.9-27.3V)

MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/

FEEDBACK

U107

CR148

13V CR107

R155

36k

CR137

R150

Q103

3600

CR138

R130

100k

R129

36k

R131

36k

R133

100k

R134

20k

Q106

3600

C148

.1R132

100k

R154

100k

ON/OFF

SENSE

BATTERY

BACKUP

TO REMOTE

ENABLE

WO104

EP110

U110C

LMC550AM

810

R137

R136

100k

R118

18.2k

R135

13k

C236

R138

2.26k

R139

2.26k

C234

.001 Q114

3612

Q105

3612

C225

.01 R156

1k R274

R157

20k

U115

TL431ID

CATHODE

ANODE A

ANODE B

NC A

REF

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

R202

20k

SHUTDOWN DRIVE

TO U119, U120, U122 (2)

R263

2.49k

C135

R262

29.4k

SHUTDOWN

OVER-VOLTAGE

CGR

BATTERY BACKUP

GROUND

BATTERY BACKUP

EP112

EP111

WO105

WO106

+26.5V DC EXTERNAL INPUT

POWER

CONNECTOR

+26.5V

+C230

C229

U106

LM78L05

VIN

GND

VOUT

2,3,4,5,6,7

+C232

6.8

C233

.1C154

.1C115

A803IN

GND

OUT

THERMAL

SENSOR

+5V

SOURCE

+C153

R182

U110A

LMC550AM

R184

357k

R183

95.3k

R230

100

+5V

WO116

TEMP OUTPUT

R185

C156

.01

R186

10k

21+

U110A

LMC550AM

13 14

R189

6.81k

R188

10M +5V

R187

95.3k

R190

R273

J102

BATTERY

BACKUP

FAN CONTROL

CR139

R191

3.3k

Q120

3600

R192

8.2k

R193

8.2k

R194

8.2k

R195

8.2k

R196

8.2k

Q121

3600

R197

10k

2 FAN HIGH

1 FAN LOW

+26.5V

J201

FAN CONTROLLER/

DRIVE

BUFFER/

HYSTERESIS

C102

.01

+C101

220

CR113

5.1V

C109

.1R257

10k

CR101

CR110

CR102

CR111

AC COLD INPUT (BLU)

AC HOT INPUT (BRN)

R280

10k

Q102

3612

+5V

C236

R279

10k

R278

100k

R277

10k

U121

TL431AID

REF

GND

CATH

2,3,4,5,6,7

R276

10k

R275

20k

CR142

CR143

L107

CR104

18V

EP101

EP102 6

5REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY

I SENSE

POWER FACTOR CHOKE

7,8

5,6

3,4

R151

20k

R152

4.7k CR140

U104A

74HC08

C138

.001

R176

100

U104B

74HC08

CR122

R178

2k Q110

3600

Q111

3600

R158

15k

C152

.1R180

7.5k

R179

4.7k

Q112

3600

R181

SYNC (2)

C161

.01

+C160

R267

430

+C199

6.8

1VIN VOUT

ADJ

R268

4.7k

+C159

6.8

U111

LM317T

+26.5V

2,3,4,5,6,7

8VIN VOUT

GND

U105

LM78L05

C131

+C132

+15V

SOURCE

SYNC PULSE WIDTH

CONTROLLER

SYNC PULSE OUTPUT

BUFFER

+C133

C134

+5V

SOURCE

U104

800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2)

FIGURE 10-37

10-32

August2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

SYNC PULSE (1)

R203

Q123

6110

R204

R201

180

C162

Q122

6026

R200

R199

R198

CR124

+26.5V

+C163

2700

R205

R206

R207

R231

180 R208

C164

.001

Q124

6026

CR125

CR126

Q125

6352

CR127

R209

620 R210

620

R308

R232

820

R229

820

C183

270pF

T108

INPUT CURRENT

SENSOR

R227

180

L102

14 OUT

RAMP

I SD

R226

C176

.001

R224

R225

68 C172

.01

C T Q127

3600

Q128

3612 R315

820

R219

470

R218

4.7k

INV 1

R221

36k

C175

.22 C173

.0022

EA OUT

R220

C173

R228

V REF

I REF

U112 R233

3.3k R234

C182

470pF

10 GND A

GND

13 VC

15 Vcc

+C180

6.8

C181

.01

+15V

+C178

8S S

R223

13k

5R T

+15V BUCK CONTOLLER

+C165

1500

+C166

1500 C167

.01 R215

6.2k

L103

R216

R217

1.2k

+C169

1500

C170

.01

WO 115 HIGH CURRENT OUT

WO 107 +15V DC OUTPUT

WO 108 GROUND

R211

12.4k

R212

2.26k

C220

U116

TL431ID

8CATHODE

ANODE A

ANODE B

NC A

REF

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

R214

Q126

3612

R213

200

C168

.01

R281

470 1

U119

IL205A

R240

Q130

6110

R241

R238

180

C184

Q129

6026

R237

R236

R235

CR130

+26.5V

+C186

1500

R242

R243

R244

180

R245

C185

.001

Q131

6026

CR131

CR132

Q132

6352

CR133

R247

R309

R269

360

C203

270pF

T109

L104

14 OUT

RAMP

I SD

C T

INV 1

R258

36k

C194

.22 C193

.0022

EA OUT

R256

C192

R264

V REF

I REF

U113

R265

3.3k R266

C202

470pF

10 GND A

GND

13 VC

15 Vcc

+C200

6.8

C201

.01

+15V

+C198

8S S

R259

13k

5R T

+15V BUCK CONTOLLER

+C187

1500

+C188

1500 C189

.01 R253

4.7k

R254

R255

4.3k

WO 109 +5V DC OUTPUT

WO 110 +5V DC GROUND

R249

3.4k

R250

2.49k

C222

U117

TL431ID

8CATHODE

ANODE A

ANODE B

NC A

REF

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

R252

Q133

3612

R251

200

C190

.01

R246

470 1

U120

IL205A

C196

.001

R261

R260

C195

.01

SHUTDOWN

DRIVE

TO U115

+5V

C191

.0047

OVER-VOLTAGE 6V

MAXIMUM

C204

.047

R270

33k

R271

3.3k

L105

CR136

C208

.1+C209

1500

U114

MC33166T

OUT

COMP

V FB

GND

Vcc

+C205

1500

+26.5V

-5V CONVERTER R284

3.4k

R285

2.49k

C227

U118

TL431ID

8CATHODE

ANODE A

ANODE B

NC A

REF

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

R286

Q138

3612

R287

200

C211

.01

R303

200 1

U122

IL205A

UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V

MINIMUM

C212

.01

WO 111 -5V DC OUTPUT

CR141

CR135

CR129

10-33 August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

AC FILTER BOARD

FIGURE 10-38 FOLDOUT

EARTH GROUND

AC HOT

NEUTRAL

CHASSIS

GROUND

20A

.22 C2

.22

1.8uH

.0022

8.67nH

.22 RV2RV1

BRN

RED

BLU

BLK

GRN/YEL

WO1 AC HOT

WO5 POS OUT

WO3 NEUTRAL

WO4 NEG

OUT

WO2 CHASSIS GND

CR1

BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-39

10-34

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

CR111

CR105

C128

C127

R117

R128

R129

R127

C104

R130

R113

R112

S101

EP103

U101

CR115 CR103

Q103

R110

R109

R108

R122

C102

R126

R125

EP101

CR102

Q102

BCE

EP102

K101

CR101

R101 C130

C129 W103

CR116

F101

W102

R121 C116

+ C124

R124

C125

U102

R115

+ C103

C107

R147 R146

R120

R123

R119

R118

U103

R151

R150

C115

R149

R144

R148

R145

CR104 1

U104

R136

R137

CR117

CR114

C134

C133

R116

+ C118

W104

R140

R139

R138

C106

C119

L101

U107

R111

R165

R106

Q101

BCE

R107

R102

R105R103

R104

CR113

C101

CR109

U107

R158

R141

U106

CR118

R143

Q105

ECB

C112

R152 R153

R154

R159

R156

R160

R142

R144

C155 C114

R157

C126

C131

C132

C107

C110 +

U105

Q111

C105

W106

MH107

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200

10-35

BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC

FIGURE10-40

CR101

REVERSE

BATTERY

R101

4.7k

CR113

+24V

SOURCE

EP101

EP102

DC INPUT (+)

DC INPUT (-)

BATTERY INPUT

+24V DC

WO 101

REMOTE ENABLE

R165

Q101

6026

R103

R104

R105

R102

330

REMOTE ENABLE

ON/OFF

R115

470

+18V

R106

Q102

6026

R108

R109

R110

R107

Q103

6110

U101C

LM2901

R126

42.2k

R125

+67V

+2.5V

R122

4.7k

R121

62k

+C118

CR114

SOURCE

WO104

67V INPUT

CR103

12V

CR115

R130

33k

U101A

LM2901

+2.5V

R112

7.5k

R113

R127

82.5k

U101B

LM2901

+2.5V

R118

10.5k

R119

R120

UNDERVOLTAGE

OVER VOLTAGE

AC FAIL ENABLE

R123

10k

C125

+C124

1R124

10k

U102

TL431ID

CATHODE

REF

ANODE B

NC A

ANODE A

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

+2.5V REGULATOR

R129

20k

U101D

LM2901

+2.5V

R128

10k

+C103

6.8C104

CR104

18V R117

3.3k

CR105 RED

BATTERY FAULT

CR102

K101

+26.5V DC OUTPUT

W102

HIGH CURRENT GROUND

W103

R111

+26V

C101

.01

+24V

HIGH CURRENT

TRACE (30A)

BATTERY +67V L101

+C119

220

+26V

+C105

1000 R136

3.3k R137

3.3k

1VIN

U107

LM317M

ADJ

V OUT 2

C106

.1R138

240

R139

3.3K

R140

C109

+C110

6.8

+C111

1000

Q104

2021

Q105

6026

R142

10k

CR116

F101

+24V

BATTERY

R143

OFF

CHARGER

DISABLE

SWITCH CR111 GREEN

CHARGER

ACTIVE

S101

U104B

LM2904

TEMPERATURE SLOPE

R151

100

C107

R150

10k

R149

82k

R148

15k

R145

15k

+26V

R147

10k

R144

15k

R146

3.9k

+26V

U103

TL431ID

CATHODE

REF

ANODE B

NC A

ANODE A

ANODE D

ANODE C

NC B

U104

LM2904

+26V

CR117

13V

C115

U106

LM35D

NC6

VOUT

NC2

VIN

GND

NC3

C112

U105

LM2904

+26V

CR118

18V

NC5

NC7

R141

+C113

R152

U105A

LM2904

R154

300k

R153

100k

R155

C114

R156

10k

U105B

LM2904

R158

R157

15k

+26V

R159

100k

R160

10k

EP103

BATTERY

TEMP SENSE

W106 OUTPUT TO FAN

C126

MH107

THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING

STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL

SENSOR U106

CHARGER SECTIONREVERT SECTION

HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE

REGULATOR

PROTECTION ON/OFF

INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER

BATTERY OK

4/3

SOURCE

+2.5V

SOURCE

BATTERY CHARGER

OUTPUT

(2.2A MAX)

CR109

August 2000

Part No. 001-2001-200 10-32

REPEATER

BACKPLANE

AC FAIL IN

POWER SWITCH

THERMAL SENSOR

+15V

GROUND

-5V

POWER HARNESS

GROUND

+15V

+5V

RFIB

+26.5V

369

147

BACKPLANE

POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-43

FROM

P105

P102

P101

P104

FROM

P103

WO5

+15V IN

+15V INWO6

WO20 EP20 WO20A

WO7

WO8

+15V OUT

+26V IN

WO21

EP21 WO21A +26V OUT

+26V OUT

WO11 WO12

WO13

WO16

WO14

WO15

2200 C2

2200

2200 C4

2200

WO18

WO10 WO9

WO17

POWER FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT

FIGURE 10-41

POWER FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC

FIGURE 10-42

Part Number 001-2001-200

8-00mwp Printed in U.S.A.

E F Johnson 2422001-1 Repeater User Manual

E. F. Johnson Company Repeater

manual

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation